Anda di halaman 1dari 156

Load Control

RAN13.0

Feature Parameter Description

Issue

04

Date

2012-11-30

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2013. All rights reserved.


No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions


and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and
the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address:

Huawei Industrial Base


Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website:

http://www.huawei.com

Email:

support@huawei.com

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Contents

Contents
1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................................ 1-1
1.2 Intended Audience......................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.3 Change History.............................................................................................................................. 1-1

2 Overview of Load Control .......................................................................................................2-1


2.1 Load Control in Different Scenarios .............................................................................................. 2-1
2.2 Functions of Load Control ............................................................................................................. 2-1
2.3 Priorities Involved in Load Control ................................................................................................ 2-3
2.3.1 User Priority .......................................................................................................................... 2-3
2.3.2 RAB Integrated Priority ......................................................................................................... 2-4
2.3.3 User Integrated Priority......................................................................................................... 2-4

3 Load Measurement ...................................................................................................................3-1


3.1 Load-Related Measurement Quantities ........................................................................................ 3-1
3.2 Reporting Period ........................................................................................................................... 3-2
3.3 Load Measurement Filtering ......................................................................................................... 3-2
3.3.1 Layer 3 Filtering on the NodeB Side .................................................................................... 3-2
3.3.2 Smooth Filtering on the RNC Side ....................................................................................... 3-3
3.4 Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update Algorithm..................................................................... 3-4

4 Potential User Control .............................................................................................................4-1


5 Intelligent Access Control ......................................................................................................5-1
5.1 Overview of Intelligent Access Control .......................................................................................... 5-1
5.2 IAC During RRC Connection Setup .............................................................................................. 5-3
5.2.1 Procedure of IAC During RRC Connection Setup ................................................................ 5-3
5.2.2 RRC Redirection based on Distance .................................................................................... 5-5
5.2.3 RRC Redirection for Service Steering .................................................................................. 5-6
5.2.4 RRC DRD ............................................................................................................................. 5-7
5.2.5 RRC Redirection After DRD Failure ..................................................................................... 5-8
5.3 Directed Retry Decision ................................................................................................................ 5-9
5.4 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control ......................................................................................... 5-9
5.4.1 PS MBR Negotiation ............................................................................................................. 5-9
5.4.2 PS GBR Negotiation ............................................................................................................. 5-9
5.4.3 Initial Rate Negotiation ....................................................................................................... 5-10
5.4.4 Target Rate Negotiation ...................................................................................................... 5-12
5.5 Admission Decision ..................................................................................................................... 5-12
5.6 Preemption .................................................................................................................................. 5-12
5.7 Queuing ....................................................................................................................................... 5-15
5.8 Low-Rate Access of the PS BE Service ...................................................................................... 5-16
5.9 IAC for Emergency Calls ............................................................................................................. 5-17

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Contents

5.9.1 RRC Connection Setup Process of Emergency Calls ........................................................ 5-18


5.9.2 RAB Process of Emergency Calls ...................................................................................... 5-18

6 Intra-Frequency Load Balancing ..........................................................................................6-1


6.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 6-1
6.2 Downlink Intra-Frequency Load Balancing ................................................................................... 6-1
6.3 Uplink Intra-Frequency Load Balancing ........................................................................................ 6-2

7 Load Reshuffling.......................................................................................................................7-1
7.1 Basic Congestion Triggering ......................................................................................................... 7-1
7.1.1 Power Resource ................................................................................................................... 7-1
7.1.2 Code Resource ..................................................................................................................... 7-2
7.1.3 Iub Resource ........................................................................................................................ 7-3
7.1.4 NodeB Credit Resource........................................................................................................ 7-3
7.2 LDR Procedure.............................................................................................................................. 7-3
7.3 LDR Actions ................................................................................................................................... 7-7
7.3.1 Inter-Frequency Load Handover .......................................................................................... 7-7
7.3.2 BE Rate Reduction ............................................................................................................. 7-10
7.3.3 QoS Renegotiation for Uncontrollable Real-Time Services ............................................... 7-11
7.3.4 Inter-RAT Handover in the CS Domain .............................................................................. 7-11
7.3.5 Inter-RAT Handover in the PS Domain............................................................................... 7-12
7.3.6 AMR Rate Reduction .......................................................................................................... 7-12
7.3.7 Code Reshuffling ................................................................................................................ 7-13
7.3.8 MBMS Power Reduction .................................................................................................... 7-14
7.3.9 UL and DL LDR Action Combination of a UE ..................................................................... 7-14

8 Overload Control .......................................................................................................................8-1


8.1 Overload Triggering ....................................................................................................................... 8-1
8.2 General OLC Procedure ............................................................................................................... 8-2
8.3 OLC Actions .................................................................................................................................. 8-3
8.3.1 Performing TF Control of BE Services ................................................................................. 8-3
8.3.2 Switching BE Services to Common Channels ..................................................................... 8-5
8.3.3 Adjusting the Maximum FACH TX Power ............................................................................. 8-5
8.3.4 Releasing Some RABs ......................................................................................................... 8-5

9 Parameters..................................................................................................................................9-1
10 Counters..................................................................................................................................10-1
11 Glossary ..................................................................................................................................11-1
12 Reference Documents .........................................................................................................12-1

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

ii

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

1 Introduction

1 Introduction
1.1 Scope
This document describes the features related to the load control. It also describes the related
parameters.

1.2 Intended Audience


This document is intended for:

Personnel who are familiar with WCDMA basics

Personnel who need to understand load control

Personnel who work with Huawei products

1.3 Change History


This section provides information on changes in different document versions.
There are two types of changes, which are defined as follows:

Feature change: refers to a change in the load control feature.

Editorial change: refers to a change in wording or the addition of the information that was not
described in the earlier version.

Document Issues
The document issues are as follows:

04 (2012-11-30)

03 (2012-05-30)

02 (2011-10-30)

01 (2011-04-30)

Draft B (2011-03-30)

Draft A (2010-12-30)

04 (2012-11-30)
This is the document for the fourth commercial release of RAN13.0.
Compared with issue 03 (2012-05-30) of RAN13.0, this issue incorporates the changes described in the
following table.
Change Change Description
Type

Parameter Change

Feature Whether the feature WRFD-020137


None.
change Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA
Interference Cancellation is enabled affects the
RTWP value used by the RNC. For details, see
section 3.1 Load-Related Measurement
Quantities."
Editorial None.
change

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

None.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

1-1

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

1 Introduction

03(2012-05-30)
This is the document for the third commercial release of RAN13.0.
Compared with issue 02 (2011-10-30) of RAN13.0, this issue incorporates the changes described in the
following table.
Change Change Description
Type

Parameter Change

Feature None
change

None

Editorial Added the description of emergency call and


The following parameters have been added:
change wireless priority service (WPS) user preemption NbmWpsAlgorithmSwitch
priority. For details, see section 5.6
"Preemption."

02 (2011-10-30)
This is the document for the second commercial release of RAN13.0.
Compared with issue 01 (2011-04-30) of RAN13.0, this issue adds load reshuffling algorithm selection of
ENU. For details, see 7.1.1 Power Resource.

01 (2011-04-30)
This is the document for the first commercial release of RAN13.0.
Compared with issue Draft B (2011-03-30) of RAN13.0, this issue has no change.

Draft B (2011-03-30)
This is the draft of the document for RAN13.0.
Compared with Draft A (2010-12-30) of RAN13.0, this issue optimizes the description.

Draft A (2010-12-30)
This is the draft of the document for RAN13.0.
Compared with issue 02 (2010-12-20) of RAN12.0, the uplink load balancing algorithm is added and the
description is optimized.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

1-2

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

2 Overview of Load Control

2 Overview of Load Control


The WCDMA system is a self-interfering system. As the load of the system increases, the interference
rises. A relatively high interference can affect the coverage of cells and QoS of established services.
Therefore, the capacity, coverage, and QoS of the WCDMA system are mutually affected. To solve these
problems, the load control function is introduced that controls the load in a cell.
Load control aims to maximize the system capacity while ensuring coverage and QoS by controlling the
key resources, such as power, downlink channelization codes, channel elements (CEs), Iub
transmission resources, which directly affect user experience.
Each cell has its own set of load control functions that are responsible for monitoring and controlling the
resources of the cell. The load control functions monitor the load condition of the cell through load
measurement, make the admission decision for services through intelligent access control and call
admission control, and relieve congestion in a cell.

2.1 Load Control in Different Scenarios


Depending on the different phases of UE access, different load control functions are used, as shown in
the following figure.
Figure 2-1 Load Control functions in different UE access phases

The load control functions are applied to different UE access phases as follows:

Before UE access: Potential User Control (PUC)

During UE access: Intelligent Access Control (IAC) and Call Admission Control (CAC)

After UE access: intra-frequency Load Balancing (LDB), Load Reshuffling (LDR), and Overload
Control (OLC)

The following sections will provide detailed information about the load control functions performed in the
different UE access phases.

2.2 Functions of Load Control


Load control is implemented in the RNC after obtaining measurement reports from the NodeBs.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

2-1

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

2 Overview of Load Control

Figure 2-2 Load control function in the WCDMA system

The load control functions are described as follows:

Potential User Control (PUC)


The function of PUC is to balance traffic load between cells on different frequencies. The RNC uses
PUC to modify cell selection and reselection parameters, and broadcasts them through system
information. In this way, UEs are directed to the cells with light load. The UEs can be in idle mode,
CELL_FACH state, CELL_PCH state, or URA_PCH state.

Intelligent Access Control (IAC)


The function of IAC is to increase the access success rate with the current QoS guaranteed through
rate negotiation, queuing, preemption, and Directed Retry Decision (DRD). For details about DRD, see
the Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.

Call Admission Control (CAC)


The function of CAC is to decide whether to accept resource requests from UEs, such as access,
reconfiguration, and handover requests, depending on the resource status of the cell.
For details about CAC, see the Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.

Intra-frequency Load Balancing (LDB)


The function of intra-frequency LDB is to balance the cell load between intra-frequency neighboring
cells to provide better resource usage. When the load of a cell increases, the cell reduces its coverage
to lighten its load. When the load of a cell decreases, the cell extends its coverage so that some traffic
is sent from its neighboring cells to it.

Load Reshuffling (LDR)


The function of LDR is to reduce the cell load when the cell enters the basic congestion state. The
purpose of LDR is to increase the access success rate by taking the following actions:
Inter-frequency
Code
BE

reshuffling

service rate reduction

AMR

voice service rate reduction

QoS

renegotiation for uncontrollable real-time services

CS

inter-RAT load handover

PS

inter-RAT load handover

MBMS

load handover

power reduction

Overload Control (OLC)


The function of OLC is to reduce the cell load rapidly when the cell is overloaded. The purpose of OLC
is to ensure the system stability and the QoS of most UEs in the following ways:

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

2-2

WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Restricting

2 Overview of Load Control

the Transport Format (TF) of the BE service

Switching

BE services to common channels

Adjusting

the maximum transmit power of FACHs

Releasing

some RABs

Table 2-1 lists the resources that are considered by different load control functions.
Table 2-1 Resources considered by different load control functions
Load Control Function

Resources
Power

Code

NodeB Credits

Iub Bandwidth

CAC

IAC

PUC

LDB

LDR

OLC

NOTE
- : not considered
: considered

2.3 Priorities Involved in Load Control


Different types of priorities are used in load control to preferentially ensure the QoS of the services or
users with high priorities.
The priorities involved in load control are user priority, Radio Access Bearer (RAB) integrated priority,
and user integrated priority.

2.3.1 User Priority


User priorities are adopted to provide differentiated services for users. For ease of application, the RNC
maps the 15 levels of Allocation/Retention Priority (ARP) that is carried in the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message from the core network (CN) onto three user priorities, that is, gold (high priority),
silver (medium priority), and copper (low priority). The relation between user priority and ARP can be set
by running SET UUSERPRIORITY command; the typical relation is shown in Table 2-2.
Table 2-2 Typical relation between user priority and ARP
ARP

User Priority

Gold

Gold

Gold

Gold

Gold

Silver

Silver

Silver

ARP

10

11

12

13

14

15

User Priority

Silver

Silver

Copper

Copper

Copper

Copper

Copper

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

2-3

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

2 Overview of Load Control

If ARP is not received in messages from the Iu interface, the user priority is regarded as copper.

2.3.2 RAB Integrated Priority


The priority of an RAB is determined by its traffic class, ARP, and carrier type. Such a priority is called
RAB integrated priority. When resources are insufficient, services with the highest integrated priority are
preferentially processed.
The values of RAB integrated priority are set according to the integrated priority configuration reference
parameter (PriorityReference):

If PriorityReference is set to Traffic Class, the integrated priority abides by the following rules:
Traffic

classes: conversational > streaming > interactive > background

Services

of the same traffic class: priority based on ARP, that is, ARP1 > ARP2 > ARP3 > ... >
ARP14 > ARP15

Service

of the same traffic class and ARP (only for interactive services): priority based on Traffic
Handling Priority (THP) that is carried in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message, that is,
THP1 > THP2 > THP3 > ... > THP14 > THP15

Services

of the same traffic class, ARP and THP (only for interactive services): High Speed Packet
Access (HSPA) or Dedicated Channel (DCH) service preferred depending on CarrierTypePriorInd.

If PriorityReference is set to ARP, the integrated priority abides by the following rules:
ARP: ARP1

> ARP2 > ARP3 > ... > ARP14 >ARP15

Services

of the same ARP: priority based on traffic classes, that is, conversational > streaming >
interactive > background

Only

for the interactive service of the same ARP value: priority based on Traffic Handling Priority
(THP), that is, THP1 > THP2 > THP3 > ... > THP14 > THP15

Services

of the same ARP, traffic class and THP (only for interactive services): HSPA or DCH service
preferred depending on CarrierTypePriorInd.

2.3.3 User Integrated Priority


A user may have multiple RABs, and the RABs may have different priorities. In this case, the highest
priority is considered as the priority of this user. Such a priority is called user integrated priority. User
integrated priority is used in user-specific load control. For example, the selection of R99 users during
preemption, the selection of users during inter-frequency load handover for LDR, and the selection of
users during switching of BE services to common channels are performed according to the user
integrated priority.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

2-4

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

3 Load Measurement

3 Load Measurement
This chapter describes the WRFD-020102 Load Measurement Feature.
The load control functions, such as OLC and CAC, use load measurement values in the uplink and the
downlink. A common Load Measurement (LDM) function is used to control load measurement in the
uplink and the downlink separately.
Load measurement is implemented by the NodeB. The filtering of measurement quantities is
implemented by the NodeB and the RNC.

3.1 Load-Related Measurement Quantities


The major load-related measurement quantities are as follows:

Uplink Received Total Wideband Power (RTWP)


When

the feature WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation


is not enabled, the RNC uses the measured RTWP value.

When

the feature WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation


is enabled, the RNC uses the RTWP value after interference cancellation

For details about the feaure WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference
Cancellation, see the HSUPA Feature Parameter Description.
OLC always uses the measured RTWP value no matter whether the RNC uses the measured RTWP value. For details
about OLC, see chapter 8 Overload Control".

Downlink Transmitted Carrier Power (TCP)

Non-HSPA power: TCP excluding the power used for transmission on HSPA channels. For the detailed
information about HSPA channels, see the HSDPA Feature Parameter Description and the HSUPA
Feature Parameter Description

Provided Bit Rate (PBR) on HS-DSCH. For details about PBR, see the 3GPP 25.321.

Power Requirement for GBR (GBP) on HS-DSCH: minimum power required to ensure the GBR on
HS-DSCH

PBR on E-DCH

Received Scheduled E-DCH Power Share (RSEPS): power of the E-DCH scheduling service in the
serving cell

The NodeB measures the major quantities related to load control. After layer 1 and layer 3 filtering, the
measurement values are reported to the RNC through the COMMON MEASUREMENT REPORT
message.
The RNC performs smooth filtering of the measurement values reported from the NodeB and then
obtains the measurement values, which further serve as data input for the load control algorithms.
The measurement procedure is shown in Figure 3-1.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-1

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

3 Load Measurement

Figure 3-1 LDM procedure

3.2 Reporting Period


The NodeB periodically reports each measurement quantity to the RNC. The following table lists the
reporting period parameters for setting different measurement quantities.
Measurement Quantity

Reporting Period Parameter

RTWP

ChoiceRprtUnitForUlBasicMeas

RSEPS

TenMsecForUlBasicMeas

TCP
Non-HSDPA power

MinForUlBasicMeas
ChoiceRprtUnitForDlBasicMeas
TenMsecForDlBasicMeas
MinForDlBasicMeas

GBP

ChoiceRprtUnitForHsdpaPwrMeas
TenMsecForHsdpaPwrMeas
MinForHsdpaPwrMeas

HS-DSCH PBR

ChoiceRprtUnitForHsdpaRateMeas
TenMsecForHsdpaPrvidRateMeas
MinForHsdpaPrvidRateMeas

E-DCH PBR

ChoiceRprtUnitForHsupaRateMeas
TenMsecForHsupaPrvidRateMeas
MinForHsupaPrvidRateMeas

3.3 Load Measurement Filtering


3.3.1 Layer 3 Filtering on the NodeB Side
The following figure shows the measurement model at the physical layer that is compliant with 3GPP
25.302.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-2

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

3 Load Measurement

Figure 3-2 Measurement model at the physical layer

In Figure 3-2:

A is the sampling value of the measurement.

B is the measurement value after layer 1 filtering.

C is the measurement value after layer 3 filtering.

C' is another measurement value (if any) for measurement evaluation.

D is the reported measurement value.

Layer 1 filtering is not standardized by protocols and it depends on vendor equipment. Layer 3 filtering is
standardized. The filtering effect is controlled by a higher layer. The alpha filtering that applies to layer 3
filtering is calculated according to the following formula:

Here:

Fn is the new post-filtering measurement value.

Fn-1 is the last post-filtering measurement value.

Mn is the new measurement value from the physical layer.

= (1/2)k/2, k is the measure filter coefficient which is specified by the following parameters.
For

load control algorithms (excluding OLC), k is specified by the UlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff or


DlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff parameter.

For

OLC algorithm, k is specified by the UlOlcMeasFilterCoeff or DlOlcMeasFilterCoeff parameter.

3.3.2 Smooth Filtering on the RNC Side


After the RNC receives the measurement report, it filters the measurement value using the smooth
window method.
Assuming that the reported measurement value is Qn and that the length of the smooth window is N, the
filtered measurement value is

LDM must apply different smooth window length and measurement periods to PUC, CAC, LDR, and
OLC to obtain appropriate filtered values.
The following table lists the smooth window length parameters for setting different functions.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-3

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

3 Load Measurement

Function

Smooth Window Length Parameter

PUC

PucAvgFilterLen

CAC

UlCacAvgFilterLen
DlCacAvgFilterLen

LDB

LdbAvgFilterLen

LDR

UlLdrAvgFilterLen
DlLdrAvgFilterLen

OLC

UlOlcAvgFilterLen
DlOlcAvgFilterLen

GBP measurements have the same smooth window length in all related functions. The filter length for GBP measurement
is specified by the HsdpaNeedPwrFilterLen parameter.
The length of the PBR smooth filter window is specified by the HsdpaPrvidBitRateFilterLen /
HsupaPrvidBitRateFilterLen parameter.

3.4 Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update Algorithm


Uplink (UL) background noises are sensitive to environmental conditions, and the fluctuation of the
background noises has a negative impact on the RTWP measurement value. Therefore, the LDM
function includes an auto-adaptive update algorithm to restrict the background noise within a specified
range, as described here:

If the temperature in the equipment room is constant, the background noise changes slightly. In this
case, the background noise requires no adjustment after initial correction.

If the temperature in the equipment room varies with the ambient temperature, the background noise
changes greatly. In this case, the background noise requires auto-adaptive upgrade.

The following figure shows the flow chart of auto-adaptive background noise update, which is enabled by
the BGNSwitch parameter.
BGNSwitch is set to ON by default.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-4

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

3 Load Measurement

Figure 3-3 Flow chart of auto-adaptive background noise update

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-5

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

3 Load Measurement

The Alpha filter formula is: Fn = (1 - ) x Fn-1 + x Mn (n1). For details about this formula, see section 3.3.1 "Layer 3
Filtering on the NodeB Side."

Counting threshold = (Duration of background noise)/(RTWP reporting period). The duration of background noise is
used in auto-adaptive upgrade decision and is set by the BGNAdjustTimeLen parameter. For the setting of RTWP
reporting period, see section 3.2 "Reporting Period."

The procedure of auto-adaptive background noise update is as follows:


1. The RNC initializes the counter and filter that are used for auto-adaptive upgrade and sets the initial
value (F0) of the filter to BackgroundNoise.
2. The RNC receives the latest RTWP measurement value (Mn) from the physical layer.
3. The RNC checks whether the current time is within the effective period of the algorithm, that is,
whether the current time is later than BgnStartTime and earlier than BgnEndTime. If the current
time is within the effective period, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC waits for the
next RTWP measurement value.
4. The RNC determines whether the current Equivalent Number of Users (ENU) in the cell is greater
than the value of BGNEqUserNumThd:
If

the current ENU is greater than this threshold value, the RNC infers that Mn includes other noises in
addition to the background noise, and therefore it does not feed Mn to the filter. In addition, the RNC
sets the counter to zero, retains the current background noise, sets the initial value of the filter to the
current background noise, and waits for the next RTWP measurement value.

If

the current ENU in the cell is smaller than or equal to the threshold value, the RNC feeds Mn to the
filter and performs the next step.

5. The RNC checks whether |Mn - Fn-1| is smaller than the value of BgnAbnormalThd. If it is smaller
than this threshold value, the RNC increments the counter by one, calculates F n according to the
Alpha filter formula, and performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC waits for the next RTWP
measurement value.
6. The RNC checks whether the counter reaches the counting threshold. If it reaches the counting
threshold, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC waits for the next RTWP
measurement value.
7. The RNC checks whether |Fn - BackgroundNoise| is smaller than the value of BgnAbnormalThd.
The purpose is to prevent burst interference and RTWP spike. If it is smaller than the value of
BgnAbnormalThd, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC sets the counter to zero
and waits for the next RTWP measurement value.
8. The RNC checks whether |Fn - current background noise| is greater than the value of
BgnUpdateThd. The purpose is to prevent frequent background noise upgrades on the Iub interface.
If it is greater than the value of BgnUpdateThd, the RNC sets the current background noise to Fn,
sets the counter to zero, and waits for the next RTWP measurement value. Otherwise, the RNC sets
the counter to zero and waits for the next RTWP measurement value.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-6

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

4 Potential User Control

4 Potential User Control


This chapter describes the WRFD-020105 Potential User Control feature.
The Potential User Control (PUC) function controls the cell selection and cell reselection of a UE that is
in idle mode, in the CELL_FACH state, CELL_PCH state, or URA_PCH state and prevents the UE from
camping on a heavily loaded cell.
The PUC is valid only for inter-frequency cells, and it takes effect only in the downlink.
Figure 4-1 shows the PUC procedure.
Figure 4-1 PUC procedure

The PUC function is enabled only when the PUC subparameter of the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter
is set to 1.
For a cell not supporting DC-HSDPA, the RNC periodically monitors the downlink load of the cell.

If the cell load is higher than the upper threshold (SpucHeavy) plus the load level division hysteresis
(SpucHyst), the cell load is considered heavy.

If the cell load is lower than the lower threshold (SpucLight) minus SpucHyst, the cell load is
considered light.

For a cell supporting DC-HSDPA, the RNC concurrently monitors the load state of each single cell and
load state of the cell group.

The checking of load state of a single cell is the same as that of a cell not supporting DC-HSDPA.

The checking of load state of the cell group is as follows:


If

the load of the two cells is higher than their upper thresholds (SpucHeavy) plus their load level
division hysteresis (SpucHyst), the load of the cell group is considered heavy.

If

the load of the two cells is lower than their lower thresholds (SpucLight) minus their load level
division hysteresis (SpucHyst), the load of the cell group is considered light.

The load state of a cell supporting DC-HSDPA is determined based on the following table.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-1

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

4 Potential User Control

Load of Single Cell

Load of Cell Group

Load of Cell Supporting DC-HSDPA

Heavy

Heavy, normal, or light

Heavy

Heavy, normal, or light

Heavy

Heavy

Normal

Normal, or light

Normal

Normal, or light

Normal

Normal

Light

Light

Light

The states of a cell load are heavy, normal, and light, as shown in Figure 4-2.
Figure 4-2 Cell load states

Based on the cell load, the PUC works as follows:

If the cell load becomes heavy, the PUC modifies cell selection and reselection parameters and
broadcasts them through system information. In this way, the PUC leads UEs to the neighboring cells
with light load.

If the cell load becomes normal, the PUC uses the cell selection and reselection parameters
configured on the RNC LMT.

If the cell load becomes light, the PUC modifies cell selection and reselection parameters and
broadcasts them through system information. In this way, the PUC leads UEs to this cell.

The variables related to cell selection and reselection are Qoffset1(s,n) (load level offset), Qoffset2(s,n)
(load level offset), and Sintersearch (start threshold for inter-frequency cell reselection). The following
table describes PUC-related variables and their impacts on UEs.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-2

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

4 Potential User Control

Table 4-1 PUC-related variables and their impacts on UEs


Item

Description

Implementation

The NodeB periodically reports the transmit power of the cell, and the PUC
periodically triggers the following activities:

Adjustment

Assessing the cell load level based on the non-HSPA power and HS-DSCH GBP

Setting Sintersearch, Qoffset1(s,n), and Qoffset2(s,n) based on the cell load level

Updating the parameters in system information SIB3 and SIB11

Based on the characteristics of inter-frequency cell selection and reselection, the UE


makes the corresponding adjustments:

Sintersearch
- When this value is increased by the serving cell, the UE starts inter-frequency
cell reselection ahead of schedule.
- When this value is decreased by the serving cell, the UE delays inter-frequency
cell reselection.

Qoffset1(s,n): applies to R (reselection) rule with CPICH RSCP


- When this value is increased by the serving cell, the UE has a lower probability
of selecting a neighboring cell.
- When this value is decreased by the serving cell, the UE has a higher probability
of selecting a neighboring cell.

Qoffset2(s,n): applies to R (reselection) rule with CPICH Ec/I0


- When this value is increased by the serving cell, the UE has a lower probability
of selecting a neighboring cell.
- When this value is decreased by the serving cell, the UE has a higher probability
of selecting a neighboring cell.

Depending on the load status of the serving cell, the cell reselection variable Sintersearch is adjusted up
or down or kept unchanged. Changes to the variable Sintersearch are made as shown in Table 4-2.
Table 4-2 Changes made to Sintersearch according to the load state
Load State of the
Serving Cell

S'intersearch

Change to Sintersearch

Light

S'intersearch = Sintersearch + OffSinterLight

Normal

S'intersearch = Sintersearch

Heavy

S'intersearch = Sintersearch + OffSinterHeavy

: indicates that the parameter value decreases.


: indicates that the parameter value remains unchanged.
: indicates that the parameter value increases.

The configurations of Qoffset1 and Qoffset2 are related to the load of the serving cell and the load of the
neighboring cells. Changes to Qoffset1 and Qoffset2 are made as shown in Table 4-3.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-3

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

4 Potential User Control

Table 4-3 Changes made to Qoffset1 and Qoffset2 according to the load state
Load State of
the
Neighboring
Cells

Load State
of the
Serving
Cell

Q'offset1

Change
to
Qoffset1

Q'offset2

Change
to
Qoffset2

Light

Light

Q'offset1 = Qoffset1

Q'offset2 = Qoffset2

Light

Normal

Q'offset1 = Qoffset1

Q'offset2 = Qoffset2

Light

Heavy

Q'offset1 = Qoffset1
+ OffQoffset1Light

Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
+ OffQoffset2Light

Normal

Light

Q'offset1 = Qoffset1

Q'offset2 = Qoffset2

Normal

Normal

Q'offset1 = Qoffset1

Q'offset2 = Qoffset2

Normal

Heavy

Q'offset1 = Qoffset1
+ OffQoffset1Light

Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
+ OffQoffset2Light

Heavy

Light

Q'offset1 = Qoffset1
+
OffQoffset1Heavy

Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
+
OffQoffset2Heavy

Heavy

Normal

Q'offset1 = Qoffset1
+
OffQoffset1Heavy

Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
+
OffQoffset2Heavy

Heavy

Heavy

Q'offset1 = Qoffset1

Q'offset2 = Qoffset2

The prerequisite for changing the preceding parameters is that these parameters should be in their default values.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-4

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

5 Intelligent Access Control


5.1 Overview of Intelligent Access Control
IAC is used to increase the access success rate, that is, RRC connection success rate and RAB setup
success rate.
There are two types of IAC, namely, IAC for RRC connection processing and IAC for RAB connection
processing.

IAC for RRC connection processing is used to select a suitable cell for a UE to access through
redirection and RRC DRD. It also implements load balancing and service steering.

IAC for RAB connection processing is used to select a suitable cell for a UE to access through DRD
and CAC. It also implements load balancing and service steering. Features such as preemption,
queuing, and low-rate access are used to further improve the RAB setup success rate.

In addition, IAC provides differentiated services for users with different priorities. For example, when the
system resources are insufficient, procedures such as direct admission, preemption, and redirection can
be performed to ensure the successful access of emergency calls to the network.
Figure 5-1 shows a typical procedure of service access control.
Figure 5-1 Service access control procedure

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-1

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

As shown in Figure 5-1, the procedure of service access includes the procedures for RRC connection
setup and RAB setup. The successful setup of the RRC connection is one of the prerequisites for the
RAB setup.

During the RRC connection processing, the RNC performs the following steps.

1. RRC redirection based on distance (only for UE-originating AMR services). For details, see section
5.2.2 "RRC Redirection based on Distance". If the RNC decides to obtain UE access from another
cell, it sends an RRC connection reject message to the UE; otherwise, the RNC performs the next
step.
2. RRC redirection for service steering. For details, see section 5.2.3 "RRC Redirection for Service
Steering."
If

the RNC decides to obtain UE access from the current cell, it then makes a resource-based
admission decision. If the resource-based admission fails, the RNC performs directed retry decision
(DRD) and redirection.

If

the RNC decides to obtain UE access from another cell, it then sends an RRC connection reject
message to the UE. The message carries the information about the cell and instructs the UE to set up
an RRC connection to the cell.

For details, see section 5.2 "IAC During RRC Connection Setup."

During the RAB connection processing, the RNC performs the following steps:

1. Performs inter-frequency DRD to select a suitable cell for service steering or load balancing. For
details about DRD, see the Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description
2. Performs rate negotiation according to the service requested by the UE. For details, see section 5.4
"Rate Negotiation at Admission Control."
3. Makes cell resource-based admission decision. If the admission is successful, UE access is granted.
Otherwise, the RNC performs the next step. For details about admission decision, see the Call
Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.
4. Selects a suitable cell, according to the inter-frequency DRD, from the cells where no admission
attempt has been made, and then performs step 5. If all the attempts fail, the RNC performs the next
step.
5. Selects a suitable cell according to the inter-RAT DRD. If the inter-RAT admission is successful, UE
access is granted in the inter-RAT cell. If the inter-RAT DRD fails or is not supported, the RNC
performs the next step.
6. Makes a preemption attempt. For details about preemption, see section 5.6 "Preemption." If the
preemption is successful, UE access is granted. If the preemption fails or is not supported, the RNC
performs the next step.
7. Makes a queuing attempt. For details about queuing, see section 5.7 "Queuing." If the queuing is
successful, UE access is granted. If the queuing fails or is not supported, the RNC performs the next
step.
8. Performs low-rate access. For details about low-rate access, see section 5.8 "Low-Rate Access of
the PS BE Service." If the low-rate access is admitted, UE access is granted. If the low-rate access is
unsuccessful, the RNC performs the next step.
9. Rejects UE access.
After the admission attempts of an HSPA service request fail in all candidate cells, the service falls back to the DCH. Then,
the service reattempts to access the network.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-2

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

Table 5-1 IAC procedure supported by services


Low-Rate
Access

Rate Negotiation

DCH

HSUPA

HSDPA

Inter-RAT

Inter-

Target Rate
Negotiation

Frequency

Queuing DRD

Initial Rate
Negotiation

Preemption

GBR
Negotiation

MBR
Negotiation

Service
Type

5.2 IAC During RRC Connection Setup


5.2.1 Procedure of IAC During RRC Connection Setup
Before a new service is admitted to the network, an RRC connection must be set up.
As shown in Figure 5-2, when the switch DrSwitch: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH is set to ON, the RRC
connection setup procedure is performed as follows.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-3

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

Figure 5-2 RRC connection setup procedure

After receiving an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message from the UE, the RNC performs the RRC
redirection based on distance (only for UE-originating AMR services). For details, see section 5.2.2
"RRC Redirection based on Distance". If the RNC decides to obtain UE access from another cell, it
sends an RRC connection reject message to the UE; otherwise, the RNC performs the next step.
Then, the RNC uses the RRC redirection algorithm for service steering to decide whether the UE can
access the network from the current cell:

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-4

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

If the UE can access the network from the current cell according to the decision result, the RNC uses
the CAC algorithm to decide whether an RRC connection can be set up between the UE and the
current cell.
If

the RRC connection can be set up between the UE and the current cell, the RNC sends an RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message to the UE.

If

the RRC connection cannot be set up between the UE and the current cell, the RNC attempts to
select a cell for RRC connection setup through RRC DRD. If the RRC DRD fails, RRC redirection will
be performed.

If the UE needs to access the network from another cell according to the decision result, the RNC
sends an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message to the UE. The message carries the information
about this cell.

DrSwitch: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH is the general switch of the following four algorithms:

RRC Redirection based on Distance

RRC Redirection for Service Steering

RRC DRD

RRC Redirection After DRD Failure

Before enabling the four algorithms, turn on the DrSwitch: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH.

5.2.2 RRC Redirection based on Distance


This section describes the WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance feature.
In actual situations, a UE may receive signals from a distant cell and subsequently access the cell.
However, the cells that are adjacent to this cell are not configured as its neighboring cells. If the UE
moves out of this cell, call drops may occur. To solve this problem, RRC redirection based on distance is
introduced.
The RRC redirection based on distance technique estimates the distance between the UE and the cell
center by considering the propagation delay. Based on the estimation result, the RNC checks whether to
perform RRC redirection. The propagation delay is the one-way propagation delay of the radio signal
from the UE to the NodeB. The NodeB measures the propagation delay and then reports it to the RNC.
The propagation delay is directly proportional to the distance between the UE and the NodeB.
The switch of RRC redirection based on distance can be set through the RedirSwitch parameter. RRC
redirection based on distance is applicable only to the UE-originating AMR services.
The procedure of RRC redirection based on distance is as follows:
1. Upon receiving an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message from the UE, the RNC checks whether
the requested service is the UE-originating AMR service. If yes, the RNC performs the next step. If no,
the RNC does not perform RRC redirection based on distance, and handles the RRC connection
setup request of the UE in the current cell.
2. The RNC obtains the propagation delay from the NodeB and compares it with DelayThs.
If

the propagation delay is greater than DelayThs, the RNC performs the next step.

If

the propagation delay is equal to or less than DelayThs, the RNC does not perform RRC
redirection based on distance, and handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the
current cell.

3. The RNC checks the load status of the current cell and checks whether to perform RRC redirection
based on distance by considering the load status.
If

the cell is in the normal state, the RNC generates a random value ranging from 0 to 1 and
compares the value with the RedirFactorOfNorm parameter. If the random value is equal to or

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-5

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

smaller than the parameter, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC does not perform
RRC redirection based on distance, and handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the
current cell.
If

the cell is in the basic congestion state or is overloaded, the RNC generates a random value
ranging from 0 to 1 and compares the value with the RedirFactorOfLDR parameter. If the random
value is equal to or smaller than the parameter, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC
does not perform RRC redirection based on distance, and handles the RRC connection setup
request of the UE in the current cell.

4. The RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message containing information on the
neighboring GSM cells of the current cell.
If the current cell does not have any neighboring GSM cell, the UE spontaneously selects a proper cell to access.

5.2.3 RRC Redirection for Service Steering


Overview
This section describes the WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup
feature.
The RRC redirection for service steering is used to enable the successful RRC connection setup by
selecting an appropriate cell for the UE based on the requested service. This algorithm is not applicable
to combined services.
During the RRC connection setup, the RNC implements service steering between inter-frequency or
inter-RAT cells according to the service type requested by the UE. In addition, the RNC considers the
load of the cell for access and the redirection factors to control the degree of load sharing. Therefore,
this function is also called service steering and load sharing in RRC connection setup.

Procedure of RRC Redirection for Service Steering


The procedure of RRC redirection for service steering is as follows:
1. The RNC obtains the information about the service requested by the UE and the capability of the UE.
If

the DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH of the parameter DrSwitch is set to 1, the RNC determines the
service type requested by the UE. If the RNC succeeds in determining the service type requested by
the UE and the switch of RRC direction for service steering (RedirSwitch) is set to
ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY or ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT, the RNC performs the next step.
Otherwise, the RNC handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.

If

the DR_ RRC_DRD_SWITCH of the parameter DrSwitch is set to 0, the RNC handles the RRC
connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.

2. Based on the cell load and the redirection factors, the RNC decides whether to perform RRC
redirection for service steering.
If

the cell is in the normal state, the RNC generates a random number between 0 and 1 and
compares it with the corresponding unconditional redirection factor (RedirFactorOfNorm). If the
random number is smaller than this factor, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC
handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.

If

the cell is in the basic congestion or overload state, the RNC generates a random number between
0 and 1 and compares it with the value of RedirFactorOfLDR. If the random number is smaller than
this factor, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC handles the RRC connection setup
request of the UE in the current cell.

3. Based on the setting of RedirSwitch, the RNC takes the corresponding actions:

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-6

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

If

RedirSwitch is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY, the RNC sends an RRC CONNECTION


REJECT message to the UE, redirecting the UE to the target frequency carried in the message.

The frequency information carried in the message can be set by running the SET UREDIRECTION command.

If the RedirBandInd parameter is set to DependOnNCell, only intra-band inter-frequency neighboring cell can be
selected as target frequency.
If

RedirSwitch is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT, the RNC sends an RRC CONNECTION REJECT


message to the UE. The message carries the information about inter-RAT neighboring cells.

Service Identification Rule


The RNC identifies requested services according to the relevant information elements (IEs) in the RRC
CONNECTION REQUEST message received from the UE. The identification is successful only when all
the conditions described in Table 5-2 are met. Otherwise, the identification fails.
Table 5-2 Service identification rule
Identified Reference IE
Service
Establishment cause
Type
AMR

AMR

Domain
indicator

Call type

Originating Conversational
Call

CS domain Speech

Originating Conversational
Call

N/A

UE capability Access stratum


indication
release indicator
N/A

REL-6
REL-7

N/A

N/A

R99
REL-4
REL-5

VP

PS R99

Originating Conversational
Call

CS domain Video

Originating Interactive Call

N/A

N/A

REL-7
N/A

N/A

Originating Background Call


PS R99

Originating Interactive Call

Originating Interactive Call


Originating Background Call

R99
REL-4

PS domain N/A

Not HS-DSCH REL-6


or HS-DSCH REL-7
+E-DCH

PS domain N/A

HS-DSCH or
HS-DSCH

Originating Background Call


PS HSPA

REL-6

REL-6
REL-7

+E-DCH

PS R99 and PS HSPA services for UEs of the REL-5 version cannot be identified by the RNC because these UEs do
not carry the Domain indicator, Call type, or UE capability indication IEs in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
message.

In order to reduce the waiting time of the peer UE and ensure that the terminated call can be admitted as soon as
possible, the RRC redirection based on service steering is not applicable to the terminated call.

5.2.4 RRC DRD


If the UE fails to access the current cell, the RNC performs RRC DRD. The purpose is to instruct the UE
to set up an RRC connection in an inter-frequency neighboring cell with better signal quality.
Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-7

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

The RNC performs the following steps:


1. The RNC selects the intra-band inter-frequency neighboring cells of the current cell. These
neighboring cells are suitable for blind handovers. Whether the neighboring cells support blind
handover is specified by the parameter BlindHoFlag.
2. The RNC generates a list of candidate DRD-supportive inter-frequency cells according to the
following condition:
(CPICH_EcNo)RACH > DRD_EcNOnbcell
Here:
(CPICH_EcNo)RACH

is the cached CPICH Ec/N0 value included in the RACH measurement report.
Note that this value is of the current cell.

DRD_EcNOnbcell

is the DRD threshold (DRDEcN0Threshhold) of the neighboring cell.

3. The RNC selects a target cell from the candidate cells for UE access. If the candidate cell list is
empty, the RRC DRD fails. Then, the RNC performs RRC redirection. If the candidate cell list
contains more than one cell, the UE tries a cell randomly.
If

the admission is successful, the RNC continues the RRC connection setup procedure.

If

the admission to a cell fails, the UE tries admission to another cell in the candidate cell list until an
admission is successful or all admission attempts fail.

If

all the admission attempts fail, the RNC makes an RRC redirection decision.

5.2.5 RRC Redirection After DRD Failure


This section describes the WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect feature.
The purpose of RRC redirection after DRD failure is to instruct the UE to set up RRC connection in an
inter-frequency or an inter-RAT cell.
When the RRC DRD fails, the RNC performs RRC redirection as follows:
The RNC selects another frequency for redirection based on the setting of the ReDirBandInd parameter.
If the ReDirBandInd parameter is set to a specific band, the RNC selects the configured target
frequency number and redirects the UE. The target frequency number is configured by the following
parameters: ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd, ReDirUARFCNUplink, ReDirUARFCNDownlink.
If the ReDirBandInd parameter is set to DependOnNCell, the RNC selects the target frequency number
from the target frequency numbers corresponding to the intra-band inter-frequency neighboring cells of
the current cell. In addition, the RNC excludes the target frequency numbers corresponding to the cells
that have carried out inter-frequency RRC DRD attempts.

If more than one target frequency number is available, the RNC selects a target frequency number
randomly. Then, the RNC sends an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message to the UE, redirecting the
UE to the selected target frequency carried in the message.

If no target frequency number is available, the RNC continues to perform RRC redirection according to
the setting of the ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch parameter.
If

ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch is set to Only_To_Inter_Frequency, the RRC connection setup


fails.

If

ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch is set to Allowed_To_Inter_RAT and there is a neighboring GSM


cell, the RNC sends the information about the neighboring GSM cell to the UE and redirects the UE
to GSM system. If ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch is set to Allowed_To_Inter_RAT but there is no
neighboring GSM cell, the UE automatically searches for GSM cells and then selects one of them for
RRC connection setup attempts.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-8

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

5.3 Directed Retry Decision


Traffic steering and load sharing during RAB setup will be performed through Directed Retry Decision
(DRD).
During the RAB connection processing, non-periodic DRD is used to select a suitable cell for a UE to
access according to the HSPA+ technological satisfaction, service priority, and cell load. Non-periodic
DRD is performed during RAB setup, RAB modification, or DCCC channel reconfiguration.
Non-periodic DRD involves inter-frequency DRD and inter-RAT DRD.
By using inter-frequency DRD, the RNC selects the qualified candidate cells by considering HSPA+
technological satisfaction, cell service priority, and cell load. Then, the RNC sequences the candidate
cells according to the priority. The UE tries accessing the cells in the order of priority from higher to lower,
until it is admitted or it fails to access any cell.
If the UE fails to access any cell in the case of inter-frequency DRD, inter-RAT DRD will be triggered.
For details about non-periodic DRD, see the Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.

5.4 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control


Rate negotiation at admission control (WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control) includes
MBR negotiation, GBR negotiation, initial rate negotiation, and target rate negotiation.
For a streaming service, the RNC performs resource admission based on the negotiated MBR.
For a new PS BE service, the RNC performs resource admission based on the negotiated initial rate.
For AMR and AMR-WB speech services in the CS domain, see the AMR Feature Parameter Description.

5.4.1 PS MBR Negotiation


If the IE "Alternative RAB Parameter Values" is present in the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or
the RELOCATION REQUEST message when a PS service is set up, reconfigured, or handed over, then
the RNC and the CN negotiate the rate according to the UE capability to obtain the MBR while ensuring
a proper QoS.

For the PS streaming service, when PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH subparameter of the


PsSwitch parameter is set to 1, the Iu QoS negotiation function is enabled for MBR negotiation.

For the PS BE service:


When

both PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH


subparameters of the PsSwitch parameter are set to 1, the Iu QoS negotiation function is enabled,
and the RNC determines the MBR of Iu QoS negotiation based on the information about UE
capability, cell capability and rate requested by the CN.

When

PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is set to 1 and PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is


set to 0, the Iu QoS negotiation function is enabled, and the RNC determines the MBR of Iu QoS
negotiation based on the maximum rate supported by the UE rather than the cell capability and other
settings.

5.4.2 PS GBR Negotiation


During the setup, reconfiguration, or handover of a PS real-time service, if the subparameter
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH of the parameter PsSwitch is set to 1, the RNC will negotiate
with the CN about the GBR as follows:

If the IE "Type of Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rate Information" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message is set to "unspecified", the GBR negotiation will not be performed. In such a case, the GBR

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-9

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

contained in the IE "RAB Parameters" of the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is used. In
addition, the subsequent RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message does not contain the GBR.

If the IE "Type of Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rate Information" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message is set to "value range", the sole GBR contained in the IE "Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rates"
is used. In addition, the subsequent RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message contains the GBR.

If the IE "Type of Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rate Information" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message is set to "Discrete values", the largest GBR contained in the IE "Alternative Guaranteed Bit
Rates" is used. In addition, the subsequent RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message contains the
GBR.

If the subparameter PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH of the parameter PsSwitch is set to 0, the


GBR negotiation will be not performed. In such a case, the GBR contained in the IE "RAB Parameters" in
the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is used.
For details about GBR negotiation, see 3GPP 25.413.

5.4.3 Initial Rate Negotiation


Overview
Initial rate is classified into initial admission rate and initial access rate.

Initial admission rate: The RNC allocates bandwidths based on the initial admission rate and then
performs cell-resource-based admission based on the allocated bandwidths.

Initial access rate: Initial configured rate after service admission is successful, which means the
current maximum data transmission rate before any other reconfiguration.

For PS BE services, the RNC performs initial rate negotiation when a new service is being set up or the
UE is changing from the CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. The initial rate negotiation policy
varies, depending on the services carried on different channels.

Initial Rate Definition for DCH Services


For DCH services, the initial admission rate and the initial access rate are the same.
Initial rate is negotiated according to the following table:

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-10

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

DCCC
Switch
(DCCC_SWI
TCH)

PS BE Initial Rate
Dynamic
Configuration
Switch
(PS_BE_INIT_RATE
_DYNAMIC_CFG_S
WITCH)

Actual Initial Rate

ON

ON

In the uplink, the initial rate is the smaller one of the MBR and
384 kbit/s.
In the downlink, the initial rate is dynamically set on the basis
of Ec/N0. The specific method is as follows:
When the RNC receives an RRC connection setup request, it
starts the timer EcN0EffectTime.
Before the timer expires, the RNC dynamically sets the initial
rate based on the Ec/N0. The value of Ec/N0 comes from the
latest RACH measurement report or latest intra-frequency
measurement report.

If the cell Ec/N0 reported from the UE is above the Ec/N0


threshold (EcN0Ths), the RNC sets the actual initial rate to
the smaller one of the MBR and 384 kbit/s.
Note that if the UE is in the soft handover state, the RNC sets
the actual initial rate to the smaller one of the MBR and 384
kbit/s when any of the cells in the active set meets the
threshold.

ON

If the cell Ec/N0 is below or equal to the Ec/N0 threshold


(EcN0Ths) or the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message
does not carry the information about Ec/N0, the RNC sets
the actual initial rate to the smaller one of the MBR and the
initial rate of the downlink BE service (DlBeTraffInitBitrate).

In the uplink, the initial rate is the smaller one of the MBR and
the initial rate of the uplink BE service (UlBeTraffInitBitrate).

OFF

In the downlink, the initial rate is the smaller one of the MBR
and the initial rate of the downlink BE service
(DlBeTraffInitBitrate).
OFF

MBR

If the DCCC function is enabled and PS_RAB_Downsizing_Switch subparameter of the PsSwitch parameter is set to 1,
the RNC can decrease the rate through the RAB rate decrease function when the admission based on the initial rate fails.

Initial Rate Definition for HSPA Services


For the HSUPA service,

The initial admission rate is GBR.

The initial access rate is defined as follows:


If

the DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH subparameter of the DraSwitch parameter is set to 1, the


initial access rate is the initial rate of the HSUPA BE service (HsupaInitialRate).

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-11

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

If

the DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH subparameter of the DraSwitch parameter is set to 0, the


initial access rate is the MBR for there won't be any rate upsizing reconfiguration when the
DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH subparameter of the DraSwitch parameter is set to 0.

For the HSDPA service, the initial admission rate and the initial access are both GBR.

5.4.4 Target Rate Negotiation


For a BE service in the PS domain, if the cell resource-based admission at the initial rate fails, the RNC
selects a target rate to allocate bandwidth for the service based on cell resource in following cases:

Service setup

Soft handover

DCCC rate upsizing

If the cell has sufficient code and CE resources, the RNC sets the candidate target rate to the one that
matches the cell resource surplus. Then, the RNC sets the target rate to the greater one of the candidate
target rate and the GBR.
In the case of DCCC rate upsizing, if the rate upsizing fails, the target rate is the greater one of the
candidate target rate and the pre-upsizing DCCC rate.

5.5 Admission Decision


A radio link sends a resource request to the CAC functional module when additional resources are
required. On receipt of the resource request, the CAC functional module determines whether the request
can be accepted by measuring the cell load and the request resources.
The CAC performs the admission decision based on resources such as code resources, power
resources, NodeB credits, and Iub resources. In the case of HSPA resource request, the admission
decision is also based on the number of HSPA users. The admission succeeds only when the resources
on which CAC is based are available.
For details about CAC, see the Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.

5.6 Preemption
Common Preemption
This section describes the pre-emption algorithm in the WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-Emption
feature.
By forcibly releasing the resources of lower-priority users, the preemption (pre-emption) function
increases the access success rate of higher-priority users.
After cell/cell group resource-based admission fails, the RNC performs preemption if the following
conditions are met:

The RNC receives an RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message indicating that preemption is
supported.

In the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message sent by the CN, the Pre-emption Capability IE specifies whether a service
can trigger preemption and the Pre-emption Vulnerability IE specifies whether a service can be preempted. Service
priorities and the Pre-emption Capability and Pre-emption Vulnerability IEs determine whether to perform preemption.

The preemption algorithm switch (PreemptAlgoSwitch) is set to ON.

Preemption is applicable to the following scenarios:

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-12

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

Setup or modification of a service

Hard handover or SRNS relocation

UE state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH

The procedure of preemption is as follows:


1. The RNC selects the target cell for preemption. For DC-HSDPA services, the RNC selects the
primary cell in the DC-HSDPA cell group as the target cell. For non-DC-HSDPA services, the RNC
selects a suitable cell with higher service priority or lower load.
2. The preemption algorithm determines the radio link sets to be preempted.
a. Selects SRNC users first. If no user under the SRNC is available, the algorithm selects users under
the DRNC.
b. Sorts the preemptable users by user integrated priority, or sorts the preemptable RABs by RAB
integrated priority.
c. Determines candidate users or RABs.
For RABs of streaming or BE services, if PriorityReference is set to Traffic Class and
PreemptRefArpSwitch is set to ON, only the ones with lower ARP priority than the RAB to be
established are selected.
Selects as many users or RABs as necessary in order to match the resource needed by the RAB to be
established. When the priorities of two users or RABs are the same, the algorithm selects the user or
RAB that can release the most resources.
Preemptable users or RABs must have lower priorities than RABs to be established. The type of
preemptable user or RAB varies, depending on the type of resource that triggers the preemption.

The preemption algorithm checks whether the resources released by preempted UEs or RABs are sufficient for setting
up new RABs. It does not consider the remaining resources in the cell, because they may be used by other UEs during
the preemption.

For the preemption triggered for power, the preempted objects can be R99 users, R99 + HSPA combined users, or
HSPA RABs.

For the preemption triggered for the Iub bandwidth, the preempted objects can only be RABs.

For the preemption triggered for the credit resource, more than one user or RAB can be preempted.

For the preemption triggered for the code, only one user can be preempted.

3. The RNC releases the resources occupied by the candidate users or RABs.
4. The requested service directly uses the released resources to access the network without admission
decision.
For details about preemption of MBMS services, see the MBMS Feature Parameter Description.

Emergency calls take priority over other common users and therefore can preempt all non-emergency
services. The common preemption procedure can be performed regardless of the setting for
PreemptAlgoSwitch.
When NbmWpsAlgorithmSwitch is set to ON, the wireless priority service (WPS) function is enabled.
In such a case, the WPS users can trigger common preemption regardless of the setting for
PreemptAlgoSwitch. WPS users take priority over emergency call users.

WPS is a National Security/Emergency Preparedness (NS/EP) voice service managed by the USA government. The
National Communications System (NCS) is authorized to manage the execution of the WPS project. The
NbmWpsAlgorithmPriority parameter specifies the WPS user priority.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-13

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

Forced Preemption
Common preemption requires that RABs have been set up or are being set up for preempting users and
that preempting users have higher priorities than preemptable users. Therefore, CS services cannot
trigger preemption in the RRC connection setup phase. Even in the RAB-related phases, CS services
may fail to preempt PS services because of insufficient priorities. When PS traffic volume is high and
radio resources are insufficient, the success rate for CS service setup may decrease. To solve this
problem, forced preemption is introduced. This function ensures preferred access of AMR services and a
high success rate for AMR service setup.
After forced preemption is enabled, only CS conversational services can trigger preemption and only PS BE services can
be preempted.

This function is determined by the RsvdPara1 parameter. This parameter consists of two subparameters:
RSVDBIT4 and RSVDBIT5.
The following table describes how these two subparameters determine preemption.
RsvdPara1: RSVDBIT5 RsvdPara1: RSVDBIT4 RRC Connection Setup RAB-Related Phases
Phase
On

Off

CS conversational
If RAB admission for CS
services cannot preempt conversational services
PS BE services.
fails, PS BE services can
be preempted
unconditionally.

On

On

If RRC admission for CS


conversational services
fails, PS BE services can
be preempted
unconditionally.

If RAB admission for CS


conversational services
fails, PS BE services can
be preempted
unconditionally.

Off

On

If RRC admission for CS


conversational services
fails, PS BE services
whose Pre-emption
Vulnerability IE is set to
"pre-emptable" can be
preempted.

Common preemption is
performed. That is,
service priorities and the
Pre-emption Capability
and Pre-emption
Vulnerability IEs
determine whether to
perform preemption.

Off

Off

CS conversational
Common preemption is
services cannot preempt performed. That is,
PS BE services.
service priorities and the
Pre-emption Capability
and Pre-emption
Vulnerability IEs
determine whether to
perform preemption.

In the RRC connection setup phase, if an RRC setup request is from the CS domain and the cause of RRC setup is
Originating Conversational Call or Terminating Conversational Call, the RNC regards the corresponding service as CS
conversational service.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-14

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

In the case of unconditional preemption, the RNC does not compare the priority of CS conversational
services with that of PS BE services. In addition, it does not consider the Pre-emption Capability or
Pre-emption Vulnerability IE delivered by the CN. In this case, PS BE services can be preempted by any
CS conversational services and only PS BE services can be preempted. Preempted PS BE services are
ranked by priority and PS BE services with the lowest priority are preempted.
When a UE transits to the CELL_DCH state from the URA_PCH or CELL_PCH state due to a CS
service request, the RNC implements the policy of forced preemption based on the setting of the
subparameter RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2 of ReservedSwitch0 in MML SET UNBMPARA
command.

If RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2 is not selected, the CS service request does not support preemption
during a transition from the URA_PCH or CELL_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state.

If RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2 is selected, the CS service can preempt only PS BE services during


a transition from the URA_PCH or CELL_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state, regardless of the
preemption attributes and priorities of the CS and PS BE services.

5.7 Queuing
This section describes the queuing algorithm in the WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-Emption feature.
For PS services, after preemption fails, the RNC performs queuing if the following conditions are met:

The RNC receives an RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message indicating that queuing is supported.

The queuing algorithm switch (QueueAlgoSwitch) is set to ON.

The queuing function is triggered by the heartbeat timer that is set by the PollTimerLen parameter. Each
time the timer expires, the RNC selects the service that meets the requirement to make an admission
attempt.

The UE requesting DC-HSDPA services will be queued in the selected primary cell.

The queuing function performs the following functions:

The queuing algorithm checks whether the queue is full, that is, whether the number of service
requests in the queue exceeds QueueLen.

The queuing algorithm decides whether to put the request into the queue, as described in the following
table.

Table 5-3 Putting the new request into the queue


If the queue is...

Then the queuing algorithm...

Not full

Stamps this request with the request time (T_request)

Puts this request into the queue

Starts the heartbeat timer if it is not started

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-15

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

If the queue is...

Then the queuing algorithm...

Full

Checks whether the integrated priority of any existing request is lower than that of
the new request

If yes, then the queuing algorithm:


- Checks the queuing time of each request. The algorithm removes the request
with the longest queuing time from the queue
- Stamps the new request with the request time (T_request) and then puts it into
the queue
- Starts the heartbeat timer if it is not started

If no, then the queuing algorithm rejects the new request directly

After the heartbeat timer expires, the queuing algorithm performs resource-based admission attempts as
follows:

Rejects the request if the queuing time of the request(Telapsed) is longer than the maximum queuing
time (MaxQueueTimeLen). Here, Telapsed is equal to the current time minus the request time
(T_request).

Selects the request with the highest integrated priority for a resource-based admission attempt.

If more than one service has the highest integrated priority, the RNC selects the request with the
longest queuing time.

If the attempt is successful, the heartbeat timer is restarted for the next processing.

If the attempt fails, the queuing algorithm proceeds as follows:


Puts

the service request back into the queue with the request time (T_request) unchanged for the next
attempt.

Selects

the request with the longest queuing time from the rest and makes another attempt until a
request is accepted or all requests are rejected.

5.8 Low-Rate Access of the PS BE Service


If the low-rate access of the PS BE service function is eabled, the PS BE service can access the target
cell at a low rate in the case of a preemption or queuing failure, to increases the access success rate.
Low-rate access means access from the DCH at 0 kbit/s, FACH, or enhanced FACH (E-FACH).
The low-rate access of the PS BE service function is eabled when the following conditions are met:

The PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH subparameter of the PsSwitch parameter is


set to 1.

The RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT14 subparameter of the ReservedSwitch1 parameter is set to 0.

The DRA_DCCC_SWITCH subparameter of the DraSwitch parameter is set to 1.

The PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH subparameter of the PsSwitch parameter is set to 1.

Low-rate access is used in the following scenarios:

RAB setup

Hard handover or SRNS relocation

After a service request is rejected, the low-rate access actions in different scenarios are as follows:

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-16

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

Scenario

Scenario Description

FACH/E_FACH

DCH at 0 kbit/s

RAB setup

The RRC connection is set up on the FACH


or E-FACH.

The RRC connection is set up on the DCH.

The RRC connection is set up on the HSPA


channel.

The CS service is set up, and a new PS


service is to be set up.

The existing PS service is set up on the


FACH/E-FACH, and a new PS service is to
be set up.

The existing PS service is set up on the


DCH, and a new PS service is to be set up.

The existing PS service is set up on the


HSPA channel, and a new PS service is to
be set up.

(the new PS
service can be
admitted at 0 kbit/s)

The PS service is set up, and a new CS


service is to be set up.

Hard handover or relocation is performed


for the CS+PS combined services.

(only the PS
service can be
admitted at 0 kbit/s)

Hard handover or relocation is performed


for the PS+PS combined services.

Hard
handover or
relocation

After an appropriate access action is determined, the service attempts to access the network.

If the action of access from the DCH at 0 kbit/s is determined, the service attempts to access the
network at 0 kbit/s for traffic and at the normal rate for signaling. For details about the methods of
resource-based admission decision, see the Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.

If the action of access from the FACH/E-FACH is determined, the service attempts to access the
network from the FACH/E-FACH.

If the attempt fails, this service is rejected.


For the service that accesses the network at 0 kbit/s, the ZeroRateUpFailToRelTimerLen timer is
started after the service rate fails to increase for the first time. If the rate fails to increase even after the
timer expires, the service is released, and the connection is also released for a single service.
If no data is transmitted for some time after the access, the UE state changes to another state. For
details about state transition, see the State Transition Feature Parameter Description.

5.9 IAC for Emergency Calls


This section describes the WRFD-021104 Emergency Call feature.
To guarantee successful access of emergency calls, the RNC takes special measures for emergency
calls.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-17

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

5.9.1 RRC Connection Setup Process of Emergency Calls


Compared with the RRC connection setup process of common services, the RRC connection setup
process of emergency calls includes the preemption due to hard resource-based admission failure. Hard
resources include code, Iub, and CE resources. The following figure shows the RRC connection setup
process of an emergency call.
Figure 5-3 RRC connection setup process of an emergency call

The RNC does not perform RRC redirection for service steering.

In the case of power-based admission, the emergency call is admitted regardless of whether the CAC
function is enabled or not.
In the case of hard resource-based admission, the emergency call is admitted if the current remaining
resources are sufficient for RRC connection setup. If the admission fails, preemption is performed
regardless of whether the preemption is enabled or not. The emergency call that triggers preemption has
the highest priority. The range of users who can be preempted is specified by the
EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch parameter.

If EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch is set to ON, all non-emergency users who have accessed the network
can be preempted, regardless of the preemption-prohibited attribute of the users.

If EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch is set to OFF, only the non-emergency users with preemption-allowed


attribute can be preempted.

The principles for selection of specific users to be preempted are the same as those for common
services. For details, see section 5.6 "Preemption."

5.9.2 RAB Process of Emergency Calls


Compared with the RAB process of common services, the RAB process of emergency calls includes
special processing of resource-based admission and preemption.

RAB Admission of Emergency Calls


In case of power resources:

If the CAC function is enabled, regardless of which algorithm is selected, the admission decision is
made as follows:
When

the EMC_UU_ADCTRL subparameter of the NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter is set to 1,


power-based admission fails if the system is in the overload congestion state. Otherwise, the
admission succeeds.

When

this subparameter is set to 0, the emergency calls are directly admitted.

If the CAC function switch is off, the emergency calls are directly admitted.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-18

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

5 Intelligent Access Control

For hard resources (that is, code, Iub, and CE), the resource-based admission is successful if the
current remaining resources are sufficient for the request.

Preemption of Emergency Calls


If cell resource-based admission fails, preemption is performed regardless of whether the preempt
function is enabled or not. The emergency calls that trigger preemption have the highest priority. The
range of users who can be preempted is specified by the EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch parameter.

If EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch is set to ON, all non-emergency users who have accessed the network
can be preempted, regardless of the preemption-prohibited attribute of the users.

If EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch is set to OFF, only the non-emergency users with preemption-allowed


attribute can be preempted.

The principles for selection of specific users to be preempted are the same as those for common
services. For details, see section 5.6 "Preemption."

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-19

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

6 Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

6 Intra-Frequency Load Balancing


6.1 Overview
In the case of intra-frequency neighboring cells, the current cell and the intra-frequency neighboring cells
dynamically adjust their coverage based on their load. When the cell load increases, cell coverage is
decreased so that some UEs at the cell edge are handed over to intra-frequency neighboring cells. This
reduces the load of the current cell. When the cell load decreases, cell coverage is increased to absorb
some load of other cells.
Intra-frequency load balancing uses idle resources in neighboring cells to increase the capacity of the
current cell. This increases resource usage and system capacity.
Intra-frequency load balancing is classified into downlink intra-frequency load balancing and uplink
intra-frequency load balancing. Downlink intra-frequency load balancing and uplink intra-frequency load
balancing cannot be used simultaneously.

6.2 Downlink Intra-Frequency Load Balancing


This chapter describes the WRFD-020104 Intra-Frequency Load Balance feature.
Downlink intra-frequency load balancing is performed to adjust the coverage areas of cells according to
the measured values of cell load. It is applicable only to the downlink.
Downlink intra-frequency load balancing between intra-frequency cells is performed by adjusting the
transmit power of the Primary Common Pilot Channel (P-CPICH) according to the downlink load of the
associated cells.
When this function is activated, that is, when the INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB subparameter of the
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter is set to 1, the RNC checks the load of cells periodically and adjusts the
transmit power of the P-CPICH in the associated cells based on the cell load.
The following figure shows the procedure of downlink intra-frequency load balancing.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

6-1

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

6 Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

Figure 6-1 Procedure of downlink intra-frequency load balancing

The downlink intra-frequency load balancing is described as follows:

If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the cell overload threshold (CellOverrunThd), it is an
indication that the cell is heavily overloaded. In this case, the transmit power of the P-CPICH needs to
be reduced step by step. The step is specified by the PCPICHPowerPace parameter.
If the current transmit power is equal to the minimum transmit power of P-CPICH (MinPCPICHPower),
the current transmit power is not adjusted.
Because of the reduction in the pilot power, the UEs at the edge of the cell can be handed over to
neighboring cells, especially to those with a relatively light load and with relatively high pilot power.
After that, the downlink load of the cell is lightened accordingly.

If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the cell underload threshold (CellUnderrunThd), it is an
indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load. In this case, the transmit power
of the P-CPICH can be increased step by step to help lighten the load of neighboring cells. The step is
specified by the PCPICHPowerPace parameter.
If the current transmit power is equal to the maximum transmit power of P-CPICH
(MaxPCPICHPower), the current transmit power is not adjusted.

6.3 Uplink Intra-Frequency Load Balancing


In scenarios where uplink interference is always strong, increased RTWP leads to limited uplink
coverage, causing uplink and downlink coverage imbalance. To solve this problem, the RTWP-based
uplink intra-frequency load balancing algorithm is introduced. If this algorithm finds that uplink coverage
limitation is caused by RTWP, it automatically adjusts pilot power and decreases downlink coverage,
thereby balancing uplink and downlink coverage. This algorithm reduces the call drop ratio of cell edge
users caused by strong external interference. After the uplink RTWP becomes normal, this algorithm
automatically adjusts the pilot power to normal.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

6-2

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

6 Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

The uplink intra-frequency load balancing algorithm is specified by the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch:


UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB parameter. Figure 6-2 shows the process of the uplink intra-frequency
load balancing algorithm.
Figure 6-2 Process of the uplink intra-frequency load balancing algorithm

As shown in Figure 6-2, the RNC performs the following actions in each ULB period (specified by the
IntraFreqULBPeriodTimerLen parameter):
1. The RNC obtains RTWP from the NodeB and then performs smooth filtering on the RTWP value. The
smooth filtering window is specified by the ULBAvgFilterLen parameter.
2. The RNC evaluates the uplink load of the current cell based on the filtered RTWP value.
If

the filtered RTWP value is between RTWPHeavyThd and RTWPLightThd, the RNC considers the
load of the current cell to be normal. In this case, the RNC does not adjust the pilot power in this
period.

If

the filtered RTWP value is more than or equal to RTWPHeavyThd, the RNC considers the load of
the current cell to be heavy. In this case, the RNC performs step 3.

If

the filtered RTWP value is less than or equal to RTWPLightThd, the RNC considers the load of the
current cell to be light. In this case, the RNC performs step 4.

3. The RNC compares the current pilot power and MinPCPICHPower. If the current pilot power is more
than MinPCPICHPower, the RNC decreases the current pilot power by one step (specified by the
PCPICHPowerPace parameter). Otherwise, the RNC does not adjust the pilot power in this period.
4. The RNC compares the current pilot power and MaxPCPICHPower. If the current pilot power is less
than MaxPCPICHPower, the RNC increases the current pilot power by one step (specified by the
PCPICHPowerPace parameter). Otherwise, the RNC does not adjust the pilot power in this period.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

6-3

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

7 Load Reshuffling

7 Load Reshuffling
This chapter describes the WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling feature.
When the usage of cell resource exceeds the basic congestion trigger threshold, the cell enters the basic
congestion state. In this case, Load Reshuffling (LDR) is required to reduce the cell load and increase
the access success rate.

7.1 Basic Congestion Triggering


The basic congestion of a cell is caused by insufficient power resource, code resource, Iub resource, or
NodeB credit resource.
For power resource, the RNC performs periodic measurement and checks whether the cells are
congested. For code, Iub, and NodeB credit resources, the RNC checks whether the cells are congested
when resource usage changes.
If the congestion of all resources is triggered in a cell, the basic congestion triggered by different
resources will be relieved in order of resource priority for load reshuffling as configured by running the
SET ULDCALGOPARA command.

7.1.1 Power Resource


The uplink load reshuffling algorithm selection depends on the following conditions:

If the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_First or ALGORITHM_THIRD, the


uplink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on power resource.

If the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_SECOND or ALGORITHM_OFF,


the uplink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on ENU.

Note:
For an HSUPA cell, if the subparamter HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS of NBMCacAlgoSwitch is not selected,
regardless of the value of the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch, the uplink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic
congestion based on ENU.

The downlink load reshuffling algorithm selection depends on the following conditions:

If the parameter NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_First, or


ALGORITHM_THIRD, the downlink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on
power resource.

If the parameter NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_SECOND, the downlink load


reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on ENU.

Congestion control based on power resource can be enabled through the DL_UU_LDR and
UL_UU_LDR subparameters of the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter.
The following figure shows the triggering and relieving of basic congestion.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-1

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

7 Load Reshuffling

Figure 7-1 Triggering and relieving of basic congestion

As shown in Figure 7-1, if the UL/DL load of the cell is higher than or equal to the UL/DL LDR trigger
threshold (UlLdrTrigThd or DlLdrTrigThd) for a hysteresis time, the cell is in the basic congestion state,
and the related load reshuffling actions, as listed in Table 7-2, are taken. If the current UL/DL load of the
cell is lower than the UL/DL LDR relief threshold (UlLdrRelThd or DlLdrRelThd) for a hysteresis time,
the cell changes to the normal state and the related load reshuffling actions are stopped.
For the downlink, the hysteresis time is specified by the DlLdTrnsHysTime parameter; for the uplink, the hysteresis time
is 600ms.

The UL or DL LDR trigger threshold of a DC-HSDPA cell group equals the sum of the UL or DL LDR
trigger thresholds of the two cells in this group. The UL or DL LDR relief threshold of a DC-HSDPA cell
group equals the sum of the UL/DL LDR relief thresholds of the two cells in this group. If a DC-HSDPA
cell group is in the basic congestion state, the related LDR actions are performed in each cell separately.
If the load of a cell is calculated based on power resource, the uplink load of the cell is calculated based
on the uncontrollable load of the cell. and the downlink load of the cell is calculated based on the load of
non-HSPA power and GBP in the cell. If the load of a cell is calculated based on ENU, the uplink load
and the downlink load of the cell are calculated based on the total ENU load of the cell, respectively. For
details about the load of a cell calculated based on power resource and based on ENU, See Call
admission Control Feature Parameter description.

7.1.2 Code Resource


Congestion control based on code resource can be enabled through the CELL_CODE_LDR
subparameter of the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter.
If the SF corresponding to the current remaining code of the cell is larger than the value of
CellLdrSfResThd, code congestion is triggered and the related load reshuffling actions, as listed in
Table 7-2, are taken.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-2

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

7 Load Reshuffling

7.1.3 Iub Resource


Congestion control based on Iub resource can be enabled through the IUB_LDR subparameter of the
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch parameter.
Iub congestion control in both the uplink and downlink is NodeB-oriented. In the case of Iub congestion,
LDR actions are applied to congestion resolution. Iub congestion is detected in a separate processing
module. For details about the decision on Iub congestion detection, see the Transmission Resource
Management Feature Parameter Description.
For the basic congestion caused by Iub resource, all UEs under the NodeB are the objects of related
LDR actions.

7.1.4 NodeB Credit Resource


The basic congestion caused by NodeB credit resource is of the following types:

Type A: Basic congestion at local cell level


If the cell UL/DL current remaining SF (mapped to credit resource) is higher than
UlLdrCreditSfResThd or DlLdrCreditSfResThd (set by running the ADD UCELLLDR command),
credit congestion at cell level is triggered and related load reshuffling actions are taken in the current
cell.

Type B: Basic congestion at local cell group level (if any)

Type C: Basic congestion at NodeB level


If the cell group or NodeB UL/DL current remaining SF (mapped to credit resource) is higher than
UlLdrCreditSfResThd or DlLdrCreditSfResThd (set by running the ADD UNODEBLDR command),
credit congestion at cell group or NodeB level is triggered and related load reshuffling actions are
taken. The range of LDR actions is the same as the first type, but the range of UEs to be sorted by
priority is different. All the UEs in the normal cells that belong to the cell group or NodeB will be sorted.

The following table lists the LDR switches that need to be set to 1 for different algorithm types.
Table 7-1 LDR switches to be set to 1
Algorithm

Load Control Algorithm Switch

LDC Algorithm Switch

Type A

LC_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH

CELL_CREDIT_LDR

Type B

LCG_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH

LCG_CREDIT_LDR

Type C

NODEB_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH

NODEB_CREDIT_LDR

7.2 LDR Procedure


When the cell is in the basic congestion state, the RNC takes one of the following actions in each period
(specified by the LdrPeriodTimerLen parameter by running the SET ULDCPERIOD command) until the
congestion is relieved. These procedures apply to HSPA cells and R99 cells.

For R99 cells, only DCH UEs are selected by LDR actions.
The GoldUserLoadControlSwitch parameter specifies whether the users of gold priority are selected by LDR actions.

Inter-frequency load handover

Code reshuffling

BE service rate reduction

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-3

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

7 Load Reshuffling

AMR rate reduction

Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain, which involves the following actions:
Inter-RAT

Should Be Load Handover in the CS Domain

Inter-RAT

Should Not Be Load Handover in the CS Domain

The difference between the "Inter-RAT Should Be Load Handover In the CS/PS Domain" and "Inter-RAT Should Not Be
Load Handover In the CS/PS Domain" actions lies in the selection of users. The former only involves CS/PS users with
the "service handover" IE in RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST set to "handover to GSM should be performed", while the
latter only involves CS/PS users with the "service handover" IE set to "handover to GSM should not be performed". For
details about the "service handover" IE, see the Handover Feature Parameter Description.

Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain, which involves the following actions:
Inter-RAT

Should Be Load Handover in the PS Domain

Inter-RAT

Should Not Be Load Handover in the PS Domain

QoS Renegotiation for Uncontrollable Real-Time Services

MBMS power reduction

The LDR actions concerning DC-HSDPA are inter-frequency load handover and inter-RAT handover in
PS domain.
The sequence of LDR actions can be changed by running the ADD UCELLLDR / ADD UNODEBLDR
command.
The following figure illustrates the detailed LDR procedure. In this example, the sequence of LDR
actions is fixed to inter-frequency load handover, code reshuffling, BE rate reduction, inter-RAT handover
in CS domain, inter-RAT handover in PS domain, AMR rate reduction, QoS Renegotiation for
Uncontrollable Real-Time Services, and MBMS power reduction.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-4

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

7 Load Reshuffling

Figure 7-2 LDR procedure

As shown in the preceding figure, when the system is congested, the inter-frequency load handover is
initiated first.

If the handover succeeds, the algorithm continues to check whether the system is congested. If the
system is still congested, the inter-frequency load handover is initiated again.

If the handover fails, code reshuffling is performed:


If

the code reshuffling succeeds, the algorithm continues to check whether the system is congested.
If the system is still congested, the code reshuffling is initiated again.

If

the code reshuffling fails, the next action, that is, BE rate reduction, is taken.

The remaining actions to be performed may be deduced by analogy. For details about LDR actions, see
section 7.3 "LDR Actions."
The LDR actions that are triggered by basic congestion caused by different resources are different.
Table 7-2 describes the LDR actions intended for different resources.
When the basic congestion is triggered by different resources, the congestion can be relieved in an order
set by running the SET ULDCALGOPARA command.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-5

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

7 Load Reshuffling

DCH

HSUPA

DCH

HSDPA

DC-HSDPA

DL

BE Rate Reduction

FACH
(MBMS)
Iub

UL

DL

MBMS Power Reduction

UL

Code Reshuffling

Power

QoS Renegotiation for


Uncontrollable
Real-Time Services

LDR Actions

AMR Rate Reduction

Channel

Inter-RAT Handover in
PS Domain

UL/DL

Inter-Frequency Load
Handover

Resource

Inter-RAT Handover in
CS Domain

Table 7-2 LDR actions intended for different resources

DCH

HSUPA

DCH

HSDPA

DC-HSDPA
FACH
(MBMS)
Code

DL

DCH

HSDPA
FACH
(MBMS)
Credit

UL

DCH
HSUPA

DL

DCH

HSDPA
FACH
(MBMS)

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-6

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

7 Load Reshuffling

A few actions in Table 7-2 are described as follows:

The Inter-RAT Handover in CS Domain action can be performed for the HSDPA services only when
the HsdpaCMPermissionInd parameter is set to TRUE.

If the uplink power-based admission uses the ENU algorithm, the inter-frequency load handover for
HSUPA user can be performed. If the uplink power-based admission uses the power resourece
algorithm, the inter-frequency load handover for HSUPA user can`t be performed, as indicated by the
symbol "*" in the preceding table.

If the uplink power-based admission uses the ENU algorithm, the basic congestion can also be caused
by the ENU. In this situation, LDR actions do not involve AMR rate reduction or MBMS power
reduction, as indicated by the symbol "*" in the preceding table.

If the downlink power-based admission uses the ENU algorithm, the basic congestion can also be
caused by the ENU. In this situation, LDR actions do not involve AMR rate reduction or MBMS power
reduction, as indicated by the symbol "*" in the preceding table.

In the same environment, different rates have different downlink transmit powers. The higher the rate,
the greater the downlink transmit power. Therefore, the load can be reduced by bandwidth
reconfiguration.

If dynamic CE resource management is enabled, BE service rate downsizing of LDR actions that is
triggered by insufficient NodeB credit resource is ineffective to HSUPA users.

For LDR triggered by Iub resource, RNC selects UEs in the congested path or port.

Parameters related to certain LDR actions are classified into cell-level and NodeB-level parameters.
These parameters apply to different resources.
NodeB-level

parameters take effect when Iub resources, cell group credit resources, or NodeB credit
resources are in basic congestion state.

Cell-level

parameters take effect when power resources, code resources, or cell credit resources are
in basic congestion state.

7.3 LDR Actions


7.3.1 Inter-Frequency Load Handover
Inter-frequency load handover is also called inter frequency load balance (WRFD-020103
Inter-Frequency Load Balance).
If the UE is in the soft handover state, inter-frequency load handover can be performed only when the
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH subparameter of the HoSwitch parameter is set to ON.
When the switch HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH subparameter of the HoSwitch parameter is
set to ON, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-frequency measure control or the load-based
inter-frequency hard handover upon the handover decision on inter-frequency load.
The CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd parameter can be set so that the inter-frequency handover can
relieve the basic congestion caused by code resource.
The inter-frequency load handover can be performed based on blind handover or measurement, which
can be decided by the InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection parameter.

Inter-Frequency Load Handover Based on Blind Handover


If the InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection parameter is set to BLINDHO, the inter-frequency load
handover based on blind handover performs the following steps:
1. The algorithm checks whether cells for inter-frequency blind handover are available. If available, the
algorithm goes to the next step. Otherwise, the action fails, and the algorithm takes the next action.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-7

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

7 Load Reshuffling

Whether the neighboring cells support blind handover is specified by the parameter BlindHoFlag.
2. The algorithm selects the target cell according to the type of resource that causes the basic
congestion:
If

the basic congestion is caused by power resource:

If the candidate cell does not support DC-HSDPA, the algorithm checks whether the load margin of
the target cell is higher than both UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd and
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd and whether the load of the target cell is normal.
If the candidate cell supports DC-HSDPA, the concerned cell group and the candidate cell must have
sufficient power margin.
The load margin refers to the difference between the load of the target cell and the basic congestion triggering threshold of
the target cell. If the load of a cell is calculated based on power resource, the uplink load of the cell is calculated based on
the uncontrollable load of the cell. and the downlink load of the cell is calculated based on the load of non-HSPA power
and GBP in the cell. If the load of a cell is calculated based on ENU, the uplink load and the downlink load of the cell are
calculated based on the load of total ENU in the cell, respectively. For details about the load of a cell calculated based on
power resource and based on ENU, See Call Admission Control Feature Parameter description.

If the margin is not higher than the threshold, the action fails, and the algorithm takes the next action.
If there is more than one cell meeting the requirements, the first cell in the list of the neighbor cells is
selected as the blind handover target cell.
If

the basic congestion is caused by code resource:

Whether there are blind handover target cells meeting the requirements is decided by the following
conditions:
a. The minimum SF of the target cell is not greater than that of the current cell.
b. The difference of code usage between the current cell and the target cell is greater than
LdrCodeUsedSpaceThd.
c. The state of target cell is normal.
If there is no such cell, this action fails and the algorithm takes the next action. If there is more than
one cell meeting the requirements, the first cell in the list of the neighbor cells is selected as the blind
handover target cell.
3. The algorithm selects the UEs to be handed
InterFreqLdHoForbidenTC and NbmLdcUeSelSwitch:

over

according

to

the

setting

of

If

NbmLdcUeSelSwitch is set to NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY, the algorithm performs the


following steps:
a. Selects the UEs that meet the following conditions as candidate UEs.
The service types of UEs are not restricted for LDR handover by parameter
InterFreqLdHoForbidenTC.
The service types of UEs are supported by the target cell.
b. Sorts the candidate UEs whose rates are not higher than the handover bandwidth thresholds,
based on the integrated priority.
c. Selects the UE with the lowest integrated priority for handover.

If

NbmLdcUeSelSwitch is set to NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FIRST, the algorithm performs the


following steps:
a. Selects the UEs that meet the following conditions as candidate UEs.
The service types of UEs are not restricted for LDR handover by parameter
InterFreqLdHoForbidenTC.
The service types of UEs are supported by the target cell.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-8

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

7 Load Reshuffling

b. Sorts the candidate UEs whose rates are not higher than the handover bandwidth thresholds,
based on the integrated priority.
c. Selects the UE with the lowest integrated priority for handover.
If the rates of all the candidate UEs are higher than the handover bandwidth thresholds, the
algorithm performs the following steps:
a. Selects the UEs that meet the following conditions as candidate UEs.
The service types of UEs are not restricted for LDR handover by parameter
InterFreqLdHoForbidenTC.
The service types of UEs are not supported by the target cell.
b. Sorts the UEs whose rates are not higher than the handover bandwidth threshold, based on the
integrated priority.
c. Selects the UE with the lowest integrated priority for handover.
If

NbmLdcUeSelSwitch is set to NBM_LDC_ALL_UE, the algorithm performs the following steps:

a. From the current cell, selects the UEs whose service types are not restricted for LDR handover by
InterFreqLdHoForbidenTC parameter.
b. Sorts the UEs whose rates are not higher than the handover bandwidth thresholds, based on the
integrated priority.
b. Selects the UE with the lowest integrated priority for handover.
If multiple UEs have the same lowest integrated priority, the algorithm selects the one with the highest rate for handover.
The UL and DL handover bandwidth thresholds are specified by UlInterFreqHoBWThd and DlInterFreqHoBWThd
respectively. Both the thresholds are considered in the selection of the target UE.

4. After selecting the target cell and the UE, the RNC makes blind handover decision. For details, see
the Handover Feature Parameter Description.

Inter-Frequency Load Handover Based on Measurement


The inter-frequency load handover based on measurement can be performed only if the basic
congestion is caused by power resource.
If the InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection parameter is set to MEASUREHO, the inter-frequency load
handover is performed based on measurement. The LDR algorithm is implemented by performing the
following steps:
1. The RNC selects the UE whose service types are not restricted for LDR handover by parameter
InterFreqLdHoForbidenTC, and then sorts the selected UEs according to their integrated priority
and performs inter-frequency load handover based on measurement on the UE with the lowest
integrated priority.
2. The RNC selects the candidate cells that meet the following conditions:
The

cell must be an inter-frequency neighboring cell of the current cell. The cell must not be a DRNC
inter-frequency neighboring cell.

The

frequency of the cell is within the band supported by the UE.

The

cell must meet the following conditions on load margin:

If the cell does not support DC-HSDPA, the algorithm checks whether the load margin of the target
cell is higher than both UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd and DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd
and whether the load of the target cell is normal.
If the cell supports DC-HSDPA, the concerned cell group and the cell must have sufficient load
margin.
The

DrdOrLdrFlag parameter of the cell is set to True, indicating that the cell can be measured.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-9

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

7 Load Reshuffling

If

the NbmLdcUeSelSwitch parameter is set to NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY, the cell must


support the service requested by the UE.

If such candidate target cells do not exist, the inter-frequency load handover action fails and the
algorithm takes the next action.
If such candidate cells exist, the following step is performed.
3. The RNC issues a measurement control message to the UE, requesting the UE to measure the
signal quality of all candidate cells.
4. The UE measures the RSCP and Ec/No of the candidate cells and periodically reports the
measurement results to the RNC. The reporting period is specified by the PrdReportInterval
parameter.
5. Based on the received measurement results, the RNC selects the candidate target cells. The
candidate target cells must meet the following conditions:
The

cell is not in the basic congestion state.

The

measured RSCP is higher than the RSCP threshold that is specified by the TargetFreqThdRscp
parameter.

The

measured Ec/No is higher than the Ec/No threshold that is specified by the TargetFreqThdEcN0
parameter.

If such candidate target cells do not exist, the inter-frequency load handover action fails and the
algorithm takes the next action.
If such candidate target cells exist, the following step is performed.
6. The RNC selects the cell with the highest priority from the candidate target cells to perform
inter-frequency hard handover.
If

the handover succeeds, the LDR action is complete.

If

the handover fails, the RNC tries accessing the cell with the second highest priority to perform
inter-frequency hard handover until the handover succeeds or it has tried accessing all the candidate
target cells.

If the compressed mode is required for the UE to perform inter-frequency measurement, the RNC starts the
inter-frequency measurement timer (specified by the InterFreqMeasTime parameter) as soon as the measurement
control message is issued. If inter-frequency handover remains unsuccessful until the timer expires, the RNC stops the
inter-frequency measurement and cancels the compressed mode.

7.3.2 BE Rate Reduction


When admission control of Power/NodeB Credit is disabled, it is not recommended that the BE Rate Reduction be
configured as an LDR action in order to avoid ping-pong effect.

BE rate reduction can only be performed when the DRA_DCCC_SWITCH subparameter of the
DraSwitch parameter is set to 1.
The LDR algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the BE RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the BE RABs that meet the following condition:
The

current rate of the BE RAB is higher than the GBR specified by running the SET UUSERGBR
command.

The

BE RAB has the lower integrated priorities.

The number of selected RABs is specified by the UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum or


DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum parameter.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-10

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

7 Load Reshuffling

If the integrated priorities of some RABs are identical, the RAB with the highest rate is selected.
3. If services can be selected, the action is successful. If services cannot be selected, the action fails.
The algorithm takes the next action.
4. The bandwidth of the selected services is reduced to the specified rate. For details about the rate
reduction procedure, see the DCCC Feature Parameter Description.
5. The reconfiguration is complete as indicated by the RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
message on the Uu interface and through the synchronized radio link reconfiguration procedure on
the Iub interface.

7.3.3 QoS Renegotiation for Uncontrollable Real-Time Services


This section describes the WRFD-010506 RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface
feature.
Uncontrollable real-time services refer to PS streaming services. The load can be reduced by adjusting
the rates of real-time services through QoS renegotiation.
The uncontrollable real-time service cannot perform rate down automatically like BE service due to the
QoS requirement. That is, GBR is specified in RAB assignment procedure and must be guaranteed.
When the system needs to adjust service rate to relieve the system load, the RNC has to initiate a rate
renegotiation over the Iu interface by requesting a new RAB parameters with a lower bit rate for real time
service using RAB Modification procedure.
The RNC will request a new MBR and GBR that are the lowest ones among the alternative
configurations in the RAB ASSIGNMENT message from the CN. However, the CN can decide how to
react to the request upon reception of the RAB MODIFY REQUEST message.
The LDR algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the RABs for real-time services in the PS domain
in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities for QoS renegotiation. The
number of selected RABs is specified by the UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum or
DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum parameter. If the RNC cannot find an appropriate service for the
QoS renegotiation, the action fails. The algorithm takes the next action.
3. The algorithm performs QoS renegotiation for the selected services. The GBR during the service
setup is the minimum rate of the service after the QoS renegotiation.
4. The RNC initiates the RAB MODIFY REQUEST message to the CN for the QoS renegotiation. Upon
reception of the RAB MODIFY REQUEST message, the CN sends the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message to the RNC for RAB parameter reconfiguration.

7.3.4 Inter-RAT Handover in the CS Domain


This action can only be performed when the CS inter-RAT handover algorithm is enabled.
The size and coverage mode of a 2G cell are different from those of a 3G cell. Therefore, inter-RAT blind
handover is not considered.
Inter-RAT handover in the CS domain involves the following actions.

Inter-RAT Should Be Load Handover in the CS Domain


The LDR algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the UEs with the "service handover" IE set to
"handover to GSM should be performed" in the CS domain in descending order.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-11

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

7 Load Reshuffling

2. The algorithm selects the UEs with the lowest integrated priorities. The number of selected UEs is
specified by the UlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum or DlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum
parameter.
3. For the selected UEs, the LDR module sends the load handover command to the inter-RAT handover
module, requesting the inter-RAT handover module to hand over the UEs to the 2G system.
4. The handover module decides to trigger the inter-RAT handover, depending on the capability of the
UE to support the compressed mode.
5. If a UE that meets the handover criteria is not found, the algorithm takes the next action.

Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load Handover in the CS Domain


The algorithm for this action is the same as that for the action "Inter-RAT Should Be Load Handover in
the CS Domain". The difference is that this action only involves CS users with the "service handover" IE
set to "handover to GSM should not be performed".
The number of selected UEs is specified by the UlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum or
DlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum parameter.

7.3.5 Inter-RAT Handover in the PS Domain


This action can only be performed when the PS inter-RAT handover algorithm is enabled.
Inter-RAT handover in the PS domain involves the following actions.

Inter-RAT Should Be Load Handover in the PS Domain


The algorithm for this action is the same as that for the action "Inter-RAT Should Be Load Handover in
the CS Domain". The difference is that this action involves only PS users with the "service handover" IE
set to "handover to GSM should be performed".
The number of controlled UEs is determined by the UlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum or
DlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum parameter.

Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load Handover in the PS Domain


The algorithm for this action is the same as that for the action "Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load Handover
in the CS Domain". The difference is that this action involves only PS users with the "service handover"
IE set to "handover to GSM should not be performed".
The number of controlled UEs is specified by the UlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum or
DlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum parameter.
HSPA services can be selected only when HsdpaCMPermissionInd is set to TRUE and HsupaCMPermissionInd is not
set to Limited.
For details about the two parameters, see the Handover Feature Parameter Description.

7.3.6 AMR Rate Reduction


This action can only be performed when the subparameter CS_AMRC_SWITCH of the parameter
CsSwitch is set to 1.

AMR Rate Reduction in the Downlink


In the downlink, the LDR algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the AMR RABs in descending order.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-12

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

7 Load Reshuffling

2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities and with the rates higher than the
GBR for AMR services (conversational). The number of selected RABs is specified by the
DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum parameter. If the RNC cannot find an appropriate RAB for the
AMR rate reduction, the action fails. The algorithm takes the next action.
3. The RNC sends the rate control request message through the Iu interface to the CN to adjust the
AMR rate to the GBR.

AMR Rate Reduction in the Uplink


In the uplink, the LDR algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the AMR RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities and with the rates higher than the
GBR for AMR services (conversational). The number of selected RABs is determined by the
UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum parameter. If the RNC cannot find an appropriate RAB for the
AMR rate reduction, the action fails. The algorithm takes the next action.
3. The RNC sends the TFC CONTROL command to the UE to adjust the AMR rate to the GBR.

7.3.7 Code Reshuffling


This section describes the WRFD-020108 Code Resource Management feature .
To optimize the code usage efficiency, the "left most" principle is adopted in initial code allocation
procedure, that is, the code with minimum SF is reserved to ensure that the codes are available for use
continuously. However, the code tree may not obey the "left most" principle during actual use. Code
reshuffling can be used to make the code tree obey "left most" principle.
When the cell is in the basic congestion state caused by code resource, code reshuffling can be
performed to reserve sufficient code resources for subsequent services. Code subtree adjustment refers
to the switching of users from one code subtree to another. It is used for decreasing the code fragments
to release smaller codes first.
The algorithm operates as follows:
1. Initializes SF_Cur to CellLdrSfResThd.
2. Traverses all the subtrees with this SF_Cur at the root node except the subtrees occupied by
common channels and HSDPA channels, and takes the subtrees in which the number of users is not
larger than the value of MaxUserNumCodeAdj as candidate subtrees for code reshuffling.
If

such candidate subtrees are available, the algorithm goes to step 3.

If

no such candidate subtree is available, subtree selection fails. This procedure ends.

3. Selects a subtree from the candidate subtrees according to the setting of LdrCodePriUseInd.
If

this parameter is set to TRUE, the algorithm selects the subtree with the largest code number from
the candidates.

If

this parameter is set to FALSE, the algorithm selects the subtree with the smallest number of users
from the candidates. if multiple subtrees have the same number of users, the algorithm selects the
subtree with the largest code number.

4. Treats each user in the subtree as a new user and allocates code resources to each user.
5. Initiates the reconfiguration procedure for each user in the subtree and reconfigures the
channelization codes of the users to the newly allocated code resources.
The reconfiguration procedure on the UU interface is initiated through the PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION message and that on the Iub interface through the RL RECONFIGURATION
message.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-13

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

7 Load Reshuffling

The following figure shows an example of code reshuffling. In this example, CellLdrSfResThd is set to
SF8, and MaxUserNumCodeAdj is set to 1.
Figure 7-3 Code reshuffling

7.3.8 MBMS Power Reduction


The downlink power load can be reduced by lowering power on MBMS traffic channels.
The algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects an RAB with the lowest integrated priority and with the current power higher
than the minimum transmit power of the corresponding MTCH. That is, it selects an RAB whose ARP
value is higher than MbmsDecPowerRabThd.
3. The algorithm triggers a reconfiguration procedure to set the power to the minimum transmit power of
the FACH onto which the MTCH is mapped.
The reconfiguration procedure on the Iub interface is implemented through the COMMON
TRANSPORT CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION REQUEST message.

7.3.9 UL and DL LDR Action Combination of a UE


LDR actions in the uplink and the downlink are independent. Sometimes, the actions in both directions
are applied to the same UE. In this situation, the actions are combined as follows:

If the actions in the two directions are identical, the actions are combined. For example, if BE rate
reduction actions in both the uplink and the downlink need to be applied to the same UE, then only a
single RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION message is sent out.

If the actions in the two directions are different and if one direction requires inter-frequency handover,
the UE undergoes the inter-frequency handover. The action in the other direction is not taken.

If the actions in the two directions are different and if one direction requires the inter-RAT handover,
the UE undergoes the inter-RAT handover. The other action is not taken.

If the action in one direction requires inter-frequency handover, and the action in the other direction
requires inter-RAT handover, the UE undergoes the UL LDR action. The DL LDR action is not taken.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-14

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

8 Overload Control

8 Overload Control
This chapter describes the WRFD-020107 Overload Control feature.
After the UE access is allowed, the power consumed by a single link is adjusted by the single link power
control function. The power varies with factors such as the mobility of the UE and the changes in the
environment. In some situations, the total power load of the cell can be higher than the target load. To
ensure the system stability, Overload Control (OLC) must be performed.

8.1 Overload Triggering


Only the power resource and Iub bandwidth may result in the overload congestion state. Hard resources
such as the ENU and credit resources do not cause overload congestion.
For details about overload congestion caused by Iub bandwidth, see the Transmission Resource Management Feature
Parameter Description.

OLC can be enabled through the UL_UU_OLC and DL_UU_OLC subparameters of the
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter.
The following figure shows the triggering and release of cell power overload.
Figure 8-1 Triggering and release of cell power overload

As shown in Figure 8-1, if the UL/DL load of the cell is higher than or equal to the UlOlcTrigThd or
DlOlcTrigThd for a hysteresis time, the cell is in the overload state, and the related overload handling
action is taken. If the current UL/DL load of the cell is lower than the UlOlcRelThd or DlOlcRelThd for a
hysteresis time, the overload state of the cell is released and the related overload handling is stopped.
For the downlink, the hysteresis time is specified by the parameter DlLdTrnsHysTime; for the uplink, the hysteresis time
is 600ms.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

8-1

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

8 Overload Control

The UL or DL OLC trigger threshold of a DC-HSDPA cell group equals the sum of the UL or DL OLC
trigger thresholds of the two cells in this group. The UL or DL OLC relief threshold of a DC-HSDPA cell
group equals the sum of the UL or DL OLC relief thresholds of the two cells in this group. If a DC-HSDPA
cell group is overloaded, the related overload handling is performed in each cell separately.
The uplink load of an HSUPA cell is calculated based on the uncontrollable load of the cell. The downlink
load of an HSDPA cell is calculated based on the load of non-HSPA power and GBP in the cell.
In addition to periodic measurement, event-triggered measurement is applicable to OLC.
If the subparameter OLC_EVENTMEAS of the parameter NBMLdcAlgoSwitch is set to 1, the RNC
sends the NodeB a request for event measurement based on power resource. In the associated request
message, the reporting criterion is specified, including the hysteresis time, the related OLC thresholds.
Then the NodeB checks the current power load in real time according to this criterion and reports the
status to the RNC periodically if the conditions of reporting are met.

Limited by 3GPP, the NodeB cannot check the total load of the non-HSDPA power and the GBP. Therefore, the
recommended setting of OLC_EVENTMEAS is 0 for HSDPA cells.

8.2 General OLC Procedure


When the cell is overloaded, the RNC takes one of the following actions in each period specified by the
OlcPeriodTimerLen parameter until the congestion is relieved:

Performing TF Control of BE Services

Switching BE Services to Common Channels

Adjusting the Maximum FACH TX Power

Releasing Some RABs

The following figure shows the OLC procedure.


Figure 8-2 OLC procedure

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

8-2

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

8 Overload Control

As shown in the preceding figure, the OLC procedure is as follows:


1. The OLC takes the first action to perform TF control.
If

the TF control succeeds, the OLC checks whether the system is overloaded. If yes, the OLC
performs TF control again.

If

the TF control fails, go to step 2.

2. The OLC takes the second action to switch BE services to common channels.
If

the switching succeeds, the OLC checks whether the system is overloaded. If yes, the OLC
switches BE services to common channels again.

If

the switching fails, go to step 3.

3. The OLC takes the third action to adjust the maximum FACH transmit power.
If

the adjustment succeeds, the OLC checks whether the system is overloaded. If yes, the OLC
adjusts the power again.

If

the adjustment fails, the OLC takes the fourth action to release some RABs.

For details about OLC actions, see section 8.3 "OLC Actions."
Moreover, when the cell is in the overload congestion state:

The state transition from FACH to DCH is prohibited.

When the FACH_UU_ADCTRL subparameter of NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter is set to ON, the


admission for users over FACH or enhanced FACH channels (HS-DSCH) is prohibited.

When the FACH_UU_ADCTRL subparameter of NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter is set to OFF, the


admission decision for users over FACH or enhanced FACH channels(HS-DSCH) is allowed.

The admission for resource requests of RRC connection setup whose cause is emergency call, detach,
or registration is always allowed. This is because the priority of such requests is very high.

8.3 OLC Actions


8.3.1 Performing TF Control of BE Services
OLC Algorithm for TF Control in the Downlink
For the TF control in the downlink, the OLC algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the following RABs:
DCH

RABs with the rates higher than DlDcccRateThd. For details about the parameter, see the
DCCC Feature Parameter Description.

RABs

with the lowest integrated priorities.

The number of RABs selected is smaller than or equal to DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum.


If the RNC cannot find an appropriate service for the TF control, the OLC takes the next action.
3. The RNC sends the TF control indication message to the MAC. Each MAC of the selected RABs will
receive one TF control indication message and will restrict the transport format combination (TFC)
selection of the BE services to reduce the data rate step by step.
The MAC restricts the TFC selection according to the following formula:
TFmax(N+1) = TFmax(N) x Ratelimitcoeff
Here:
TFmax(0)

is the maximum TB number of the BE service before the service is selected for TF control.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

8-3

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

8 Overload Control

TFmax(N+1)

is the maximum TB number during the period from (T0 + RateRstrctTimerLen x N) to


(T0 + RateRstrctTimerLen x (N + 1)), where T0 is the time when the MAC receives the TF control
indication message.

Ratelimitcoeff

is specified by the RateRstrctCoef parameter.

4. If the number of times that TF control is performed exceeds DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes, the action fails.
The OLC takes the next action.
5. If the congestion is relieved, the RNC sends the congestion relief indication to the MAC. At the same
time, the rate recovery timer (RateRecoverTimerLen) is started. When this timer expires, the MAC
increases the data rate step by step.
MAC recovers the TFC selection by calculating the maximum TB number according to the following
formula:
TFmax(N+1) = TFmax(N) x RateRecoverCoeff
Here:
TFmax(0)

is the maximum TB number of the BE service before congestion relief indication is

received.
TFmax(N+1)

is the maximum TB number during the period from (T1 + RateRecoverTimerLen x N)


to (T1 + (RateRecoverTimerLen x (N + 1)), where T1 is the time when the MAC receives the
congestion relief indication message.

RateRecoverCoeff

is specified by the RecoverCoef parameter.

OLC Algorithm for TF Control in the Uplink


For a UE with the DCH service, the RNC sends a TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION CONTROL
message to the UE to restrict the TFC of the UE, according to the 3GPP TS25.331. The UE does not
reply to the RNC before the procedure is performed successfully.
For the TF control in the uplink, the OLC algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the DCH RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the following RABs:
RABs

with the rates higher than UlDcccRateThd. For details about the parameter, see the DCCC
Feature Parameter Description.

RABs

with the lowest integrated priorities.

The number of selected RABs is specified by the UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum parameter.


If the RNC cannot find an appropriate service, the OLC performs the next action.
3. The RNC sends the TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION CONTROL message to the UE that
accesses the specified service. This message contains the following IEs:
Transport

Format Combination Set Identity: defines the available TFC that the UE can select, that is,
the restricted TFC sub-set. It is always the two TFCs corresponding to the lowest data rate.

TFC

Control Duration: defines the period the restricted TFC sub-set is to be applied. It is set to a
random value (integer multiples of 10 ms) from the range of 10 ms to 5120 ms to avoid data rate
upsizing at the same time.
After the TFC control duration expires, the UE can apply for any TFC of TFCS before the TF control.

4. If the number of times that TF control is performed exceeds UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes, the action fails.
The OLC takes the next action.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

8-4

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

8 Overload Control

8.3.2 Switching BE Services to Common Channels


Whether the selected UEs can be switched to common channels depends on the setting of
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH, DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH, or
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH in the parameter DraSwitch.
For the switching of uplink BE services to common channels, if the control RTWP anti-interference
function switch (NBMCacAlgoSwitch: RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB) is turned on, the RNC checks
whether the uplink equivalent user load proportion of the cell is lower than 40%. If it is lower than 40%,
the RNC does not perform this operation.
For switching BE services to common channels, the OLC algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts all the UEs in the PS domain in descending
order.
2. The algorithm selects the UEs with the lowest integrated priorities. The number of selected UEs is
specified by TransCchUserNum. If the selection fails, the OLC takes the next action.
This function is disabled when the TransCchUserNum parameter is set to 0.

3. The OLC switches the selected UEs to common channels.


If both the selected UEs and the current cell support enhanced CELL_FACH, these UEs can be
switched to the enhanced CELL_FACH state.

8.3.3 Adjusting the Maximum FACH TX Power


The procedure for adjusting the maximum FACH transmit power is as follows:
1. Set the maximum FACH transmit power to the target maximum transmit power. The target maximum
transmit power is calculated according to the following formula:

Ptarget = Pmax - Delta


Ptarget is the target maximum transmit power.
Pmax is the maximum FACH transmit power (MaxFachPower).
Delta

is the FACH power reduction step (FACHPwrReduceValue).

2. If the congestion is relieved after the power adjustment, the system starts the FACH power recovery
timer, which is set to 5s. When the timer expires, the maximum FACH transmit power is increased to
the original maximum FACH transmit power if the system is always in the normal state before the
timer expires.
The preceding power adjustment is applicable to only the FACH carrying common services rather than MBMS services.

8.3.4 Releasing Some RABs


OLC Algorithm for the Release of Some RABs in the Uplink
If the Control RTWP Anti-interference algorithm switch (NBMCacAlgoSwitch:
RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB) is enabled, the RNC checks whether the uplink equivalent user load
proportion of the cell is lower than 40% before performing this operation. If it is lower than 40%, the RNC
does not perform this operation.
For the release of some RABs in the uplink, the OLC algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts all RABs including HSUPA and DCH services in
descending order.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

8-5

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

8 Overload Control

2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities. If the integrated priorities of
some RABs are identical, it selects the RAB with a higher rate (that is, the current rate for DCH RAB
or the GBR for HSUPA RAB) in the uplink. The number of selected RABs is specified by
UlOlcTraffRelRabNum.
3. The selected RABs are released directly.

OLC Algorithm for the Release of Some RABs in the Downlink


For the release of some RABs in the downlink, the OLC algorithm operates as follows:

If the SeqOfUserRel parameter is set to USER_REL, then:

1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts all non-MBMS RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities. If the integrated priorities of
some RABs are identical, it selects the RAB with a higher rate (that is, the current rate for DCH RAB
or the GBR for HSDPA RAB) in the downlink. The number of selected RABs is specified by
DlOlcTraffRelRabNum.
3. The selected RABs are directly released.
4. If all non-MBMS RABs are released but congestion persists in the downlink, MBMS RABs are
selected.

If the SeqOfUserRel parameter is set to MBMS_REL, then:

1. Based on the ARP, the algorithm sorts all MBMS RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities. The number of selected RABs is
specified by MbmsOlcRelNum.
3. The selected RABs are directly released.
4. If all MBMS RABs are released but congestion persists in the downlink, non-MBMS RABs are
selected.
This function is disabled when the UlOlcTraffRelRabNum, DlOlcTraffRelRabNum, and MbmsOlcRelNum parameters
are set to 0.
The higher the value of UlOlcTraffRelRabNum or DlOlcTraffRelRabNum, the more the cell load decreases, which will
affect the users experience negatively.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

8-6

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

9 Parameters

9 Parameters
Table 9-1 Parameter description
Parameter NE
ID

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

AMRQosPe BSC69 SET


WRFD-02 AMR/WB- Meaning:When the parameter is set to YES, the
rform
00
UQOSAC 0701
AMR
QoS control algorithm is used for AMR services.
T(Optiona
Speech When the parameter is set to NO, the QoS control
l)
Rates
algorithm is not used for AMR services.The QoS
Control actions of AMR services include rate downsizing,
inter frequency handover and inter rat handover.
GUI Value Range:NO, YES
Actual Value Range:NO, YES
Unit:None
Default Value:NO
Background BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Admission Meaning:If [Auto-Adaptive Background Noise
Noise
00
UCELLCA 0101
Control Update Switch] is set to OFF, it is used to set
C(Optiona
background noise of the cell. If [Auto-Adaptive
WRFD-02 Load
l)
Background Noise Update Switch] is set to ON,
0102
Measure new background noise is restricted by this
MOD
ment
parameter and "BgnAbnormalThd". For detailed
UCELLCA
information of this parameter, refer to the 3GPP TS
C(Optiona
25.133.
l)
GUI Value Range:0~621
Actual Value Range:-112~-50
Unit:0.1dBm
Default Value:61
BgnAbnorm BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Admission Meaning:This parameter is applied when
alThd
00
UCELLCA 0101
Control "BGNSwitch" is set to ON. (1) If the difference of
C(Optiona
measured background noise without filtered and the
WRFD-02 Load
l)
current background noise is larger than the RTWP
0102
Measure threshold, the background noise will not be
MOD
ment
updated. (2) If the difference of new background
UCELLCA
noise and the configured value is larger than the
C(Optiona
RTWP threshold, the background noise will not be
l)
updated.
GUI Value Range:1~400
Actual Value Range:0.1~40
Unit:0.1dB
Default Value:100

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-1

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

BGNAdjust BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Admission Meaning:Only when the measured background
TimeLen
00
UCELLCA 0101
Control noise's duration reaches this parameter, the output
C(Optiona
of the auto-adaptive background noise update filter
WRFD-02 Load
l)
could be regarded as effect background noise, and
0102
Measure the current value is replaced with the new one. At
MOD
ment
the same time, the auto-adaptive status should be
UCELLCA
restarted; otherwise, the output could not be
C(Optiona
regarded as the effective background noise.
l)
GUI Value Range:1~6000
Actual Value Range:1~6000
Unit:s
Default Value:120
BgnEndTim BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Admission Meaning:(1) This parameter, along with the
e
00
UCELLCA 0101
Control [Algorithm start time], is used to limit the validation
C(Mandat
time of the background noise automatic update
WRFD-02 Load
ory)
algorithm. If [Algorithm stop time] is greater than
0102
Measure [Algorithm start time], and the background noise
MOD
ment
automatic update algorithm is enabled, then the
UCELLCA
algorithm is activated during the period of
C(Mandat
[Algorithm stop time] to [Algorithm start time] each
ory)
day. In other periods, the algorithm fails. If
[Algorithm stop time] is less than [Algorithm start
time], and the background noise automatic update
algorithm is enabled, then the algorithm is activated
during the period of [Algorithm stop time] each day
to [Algorithm start time] of the next day. In other
periods, the algorithm fails
(2) Input format: HH&MM&SS
GUI Value Range:hour, min, sec
Actual Value Range:hour{0~23}, min{0~59},
sec{0~59}
Unit:None
Default Value:None
BGNEqUse BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Admission Meaning:When the number of uplink equivalent
rNumThd 00
UCELLCA 0101
Control users is not larger than this parameter, the RTWP
C(Optiona
could be regarded as background noise. Therefore,
WRFD-02 Load
l)
the measured RTWP could be input to the
0102
Measure auto-adaptive background noise update filter;
MOD
ment
otherwise, the RTWP could not be regarded as
UCELLCA
background noise, and should not be input to the
C(Optiona
filter, and at the same time, the auto-adaptive status
l)

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-2

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

should be reset.
GUI Value Range:0~10
Actual Value Range:0~10
Unit:None
Default Value:0
BgnStartTi BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Admission Meaning:(1) This parameter, along with the
me
00
UCELLCA 0101
Control [Algorithm stop time], is used to limit the validation
C(Mandat
time of the background noise automatic update
WRFD-02 Load
ory)
algorithm. If [Algorithm stop time] is greater than
0102
Measure [Algorithm start time], and the background noise
MOD
ment
automatic update algorithm is enabled, then the
UCELLCA
algorithm is activated during the period of
C(Mandat
[Algorithm stop time] to [Algorithm start time] each
ory)
day. In other periods, the algorithm fails. If
[Algorithm stop time] is less than [Algorithm start
time], and the background noise automatic update
algorithm is enabled, then the algorithm is activated
during the period of [Algorithm stop time] each day
to [Algorithm start time] of the next day. In other
periods, the algorithm fails.
(2) Input format: HH&MM&SS
GUI Value Range:hour, min, sec
Actual Value Range:hour{0~23}, min{0~59},
sec{0~59}
Unit:None
Default Value:None
BGNSwitch BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Admission Meaning:When the parameter is 'OFF', the
00
UCELLCA 0101
Control auto-adaptive background noise update algorithm is
C(Optiona
switched off. Otherwise, the algorithm is switched
WRFD-02
Load
l)
on.
0102
Measure
MOD
ment
GUI Value Range:OFF, ON
UCELLCA
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
C(Optiona
l)
Unit:None
Default Value:ON
BgnUpdate BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Admission Meaning:The difference of RTWP that trigger the
Thd
00
UCELLCA 0101
Control update of background noise. If the difference is
C(Optiona
larger than the threshold, the background will be
WRFD-02 Load
l)
updated.
Measure

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-3

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

MOD
0102
UCELLCA
C(Optiona
l)

ment

GUI Value Range:1~100


Actual Value Range:0.1~10
Unit:0.1dBm
Default Value:5

BlindHoFla BSC69 ADD


g
00
UINTERF
REQNCE
LL(Option
al)

WRFD-02 Inter
0103
Frequenc
y Load
WRFD-02 Balance
1200
HCS
MOD
(Hierarchi
UINTERF
cal Cell
REQNCE
Structure)
LL(Option
al)

Meaning:Whether to perform blind handover.


The value FALSE indicates that the cell is not
considered as a candidate cell for blind handover.
Therefore, blind over to this cell cannot be
triggered.
GUI Value Range:FALSE, TRUE
Actual Value Range:FALSE, TRUE
Unit:None
Default Value:False

CarrierType BSC69 SET


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Decide which carrier is prior when ARP
PriorInd
00
UUSERP 0106
Reshufflin and TrafficClass are both identical.
RIORITY(
g
GUI Value Range:NONE, DCH, HSPA
Optional) WRFD-02
0107
Overload
Control Actual Value Range:NONE, DCH, HSPA
WRFD-01
0505
Queuing Unit:None
and
Default Value:NONE
Pre-Empti
on
CellLdrSfR BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:This parameter specifies the Cell SF
esThd
00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin reserved threshold used for judging whether the
R(Optiona
g
code load reshuffling (LDR) is allowed. The code
WRFD-02
l)
load reshuffling could be triggered only when the
0108
Code
minimum available SF of a cell is higher than this
MOD
Resource threshold.
UCELLLD
Managem
R(Optiona
ent
GUI Value Range:SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8),
l)
SF16(SF16), SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64),
SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Actual Value Range:SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256
Unit:None
Default Value:SF8
CellOverrunBSC69 ADD

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

WRFD-02 Intra

Meaning:If the cell downlink load exceeds this

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-4

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

9 Parameters

Parameter NE
ID

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Thd

UCELLLD 0104
B(Optiona
l)

Frequenc threshold, the algorithm will decrease the pilot


y Load
transmit power of the cell so as to increase the
Balance whole system's capacity. This parameter is based
on network planning.

00

MOD
UCELLLD
B(Optiona
l)

Description

GUI Value Range:0~100


Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%
Default Value:90

CellUnderru BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Intra
nThd
00
UCELLLD 0104
Frequenc
B(Optiona
y Load
l)
Balance
MOD
UCELLLD
B(Optiona
l)

Meaning:If the cell downlink load is lower than this


threshold, the algorithm will increase the pilot
transmit power of the cell so as to share load of
other cells. This parameter is based on network
planning.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%
Default Value:30

ChoiceRprt BSC69 SET


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:If you set this parameter to TEN_MSEC,
UnitForDlB 00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure use [DL basic meas rprt cycle,Unit:10ms] to specify
asicMeas
tional)
ment
the measurement report period. If you set this
parameter to MIN, use [DL basic meas rprt
cycle,Unit:min] to specify measurement report
period. For detailed information of this parameter,
refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Actual Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Unit:None
Default Value:TEN_MSEC
ChoiceRprt BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:If you set this parameter to TEN_MSEC,
UnitForHsd 00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure use [HSDPA need pwr meas cycle,Unit:10ms] to
paPwrMeas
tional)
ment
specify the measurement report period. If you set
this parameter to MIN, use [HSDPA need pwr meas
cycle,Unit:min] to specify measurement report
period. For detailed information of this parameter,
refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Actual Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-5

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Unit:None
Default Value:TEN_MSEC
ChoiceRprt BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
UnitForHsd 00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure
paRateMea
tional)
ment
s

Meaning:If you set this parameter to TEN_MSEC,


use [HSDPA bit rate meas cycle,Unit:10ms] to
specify the measurement report period. If you set
this parameter to MIN, use [HSDPA bit rate meas
cycle,Unit:min] to specify measurement report
period. For detailed information of this parameter,
refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Actual Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Unit:None
Default Value:TEN_MSEC

ChoiceRprt BSC69 SET


WRFD-02 Load
UnitForHsu 00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure
paRateMea
tional)
ment
s

Meaning:If you set this parameter to TEN_MSEC,


use [HSDPA bit rate meas cycle,Unit:10ms] to
specify the measurement report period. If you set
this parameter to MIN, use [HSDPA bit rate meas
cycle,Unit:min] to specify measurement report
period. For detailed information of this parameter,
refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Actual Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Unit:None
Default Value:TEN_MSEC

ChoiceRprt BSC69 SET


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:If you set this parameter to TEN_MSEC,
UnitForUlB 00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure use [UL basic meas rprt cycle,Unit:10ms] to specify
asicMeas
tional)
ment
the measurement report period. If you set this
parameter to MIN, use [UL basic meas rprt
cycle,Unit:min] to specify measurement report
period. For detailed information of this parameter,
refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Actual Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Unit:None
Default Value:TEN_MSEC
CodeCong BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:This switch is valid only when the
SelInterFre
UCELLLD
Reshufflin

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-6

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

9 Parameters

Parameter NE
ID

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

qHoInd

R(Optiona 0106
g
inter-frequency
l)
WRFD-02 Inter
handover switch is enabled. TRUE means that
MOD
0103
Frequenc inter-frequency
UCELLLD
y Load
handover is selected in code resource
R(Optiona
Balance
congestion.
FALSE means
l)

00

Feature
Name

Description

that inter-frequency handover is not selected in


code resource
congestion. This parameter should be set
based on network
resource usage. In the case of multi-frequency
coverage, if
code resources present a bottleneck, such as
indoor
environment, the parameter is recommended
to be set to
TRUE.
GUI Value Range:FALSE(FALSE), TRUE(TRUE)
Actual Value Range:FALSE, TRUE
Unit:None
Default Value:False
ConnectFail BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Service Meaning:RRC redirection switch used in the case of
RrcRedirSw 00
UDRD(Op 0120
Steering admission failure. It is valid only when the
itch
tional)
and Load "DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH" parameter is set to ON.
WRFD-02 Sharing in
040003 RRC
- OFF indicates that the RRC redirection is not
Connectio allowed.
n Setup - Only_To_Inter_Frequency indicates that only RRC
redirection to inter-frequency cells is allowed.
Inter
System - Allowed_To_Inter_RAT indicates that both RRC
Redirect redirection to inter-frequency cells and redirection
to inter-RAT cells are allowed.
GUI Value Range:OFF, Only_To_Inter_Frequency,
Allowed_To_Inter_RAT
Actual Value Range:OFF,
Only_To_Inter_Frequency, Allowed_To_Inter_RAT
Unit:None
Default Value:Only_To_Inter_Frequency

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-7

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

CsSwitch

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

BSC69 SET
WRFD-01 TFO/TrFO Meaning:CS algorithm switch group.
00
UCORRM 1600
AMR/WB- 1) CS_AMRC_SWITCH: When the switch is on and
ALGOSW
WRFD-02
AMR
the AMRC license is activated, the AMR control
ITCH(Opti
0701
Speech
function is enabled for AMR services.
onal)
Rates
Control 2)
CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFAULT_CFG_S
WITCH: When the switch is on, the default
configurations of signaling and RABs, which are
stipulated in 3GPP 25.331, are used for relocation
of the UE from GSM to WCDMA. When the switch
is not on, the default configurations are not used.
Instead, the complete information of RB, TrCH, and
PhyCH, which are in the HANDOVER TO UTRAN
COMMAND message is used.
3) CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH: When the
switch is on and the "Support IUUP Version 2"
license is activated, the RNC supports the
TFO/TRFO function.
GUI Value Range:CS_AMRC_SWITCH,
CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFAULT_CFG_S
WITCH, CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH
Actual Value Range:CS_AMRC_SWITCH,
CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFAULT_CFG_S
WITCH, CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default Value:None

DelayThs

BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Inter-RAT Meaning:Redirection algorithm works only when the
00
UCELLDI 0401
Redirectio propagation delay between UE and NodeB is larger
STANCE
n Based then this threshold. For details, see 3GPP TS
REDIREC
on
25.433.
TION(Opti
Distance
GUI Value Range:0~255
onal)
MOD
UCELLDI
STANCE
REDIREC
TION(Opti
onal)

Actual Value Range:0~765


Unit:3chip
Default Value:255

DlBasicCo BSC69 SET


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:L3 filtering coefficient. The larger the value
mmMeasFil 00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure of this parameter, the stronger the smoothing effect
terCoeff
tional)
ment
and the higher the anti-slow-fading capability, but
the lower the signal change tracing capability. For
detailed information of this parameter, refer to
Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-8

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7,
D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Actual Value Range:D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6,
D7, D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit:None
Default Value:D6
DlBeTraffIni BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Dynamic Meaning:DL initial access rate of PS background or
tBitrate
00
UFRC(Op 1101
Channel interactive service. When DCCC function is
tional)
Configurat enabled, the downlink initial access rate will be set
ion
to this value if the downlink maximum rate is higher
Control than the initial access rate.
(DCCC)
GUI Value Range:D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144,
D256, D384
Actual Value Range:8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256,
384
Unit:kbit/s
Default Value:D64
DlCacAvgFi BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of
lterLen
00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure downlink CAC.
tional)
ment
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:5
DlCSInterR BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Number of users selected in a DL LDR CS
atShouldBe 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin domain inter-RAT SHOULDBE load handover. The
HOUeNum
R(Optiona
g
target subscribers of this parameter are the CS
l)
domain subscribers. Because the CS domain
subscribers are session subscribers in general and
MOD
they have little impact on load, you can set this
UCELLLD
parameter to a comparatively high value.
R(Optiona
l)
GUI Value Range:1~10
Actual Value Range:1~10
Unit:None
Default Value:3

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-9

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

DlCSInterR BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Number of users selected in a DL LDR CS
atShouldNo 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin domain inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load handover.
tHOUeNum
R(Optiona
g
The target subscribers of this parameter are the CS
l)
domain subscribers. Because the CS domain
subscribers are session subscribers in general and
MOD
they have little impact on load, you can set this
UCELLLD
parameter to a comparatively high value.
R(Optiona
l)
GUI Value Range:1~10
Actual Value Range:1~10
Unit:None
Default Value:3
DlDcccRate BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Dynamic Meaning:For a BE service that has a low maximum
Thd
00
UDCCC( 1101
Channel rate, the DCCC algorithm is not obviously effective
Optional)
Configurat yet it increases algorithm processing. Thus, the
ion
traffic-based DCCC algorithm is applied to BE
Control services whose maximum DL rate is greater than
(DCCC) the threshold.
GUI Value Range:D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144,
D256, D384
Actual Value Range:8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256,
384
Unit:kbit/s
Default Value:D64
DlInterFreq BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:The UE can be selected to process load
HoBWThd 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin handover only when its bandwidth is less than this
R(Optiona
g
threshold.
l)
GUI Value Range:0~400000
MOD
Actual Value Range:0~400000
UCELLLD
R(Optiona
Unit:bit/s
l)
Default Value:200000
DlInterFreq BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:The inter-frequency neighboring cell could
HoCellLoad 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin be selected as the destination of load handover
SpaceThd
R(Optiona
g
only when its load remaining space is larger than
l)
this threshold. The lower the parameter is, the
easier it is to find a qualified target cell for the blind
MOD
handover. Excessively small value of the parameter,
UCELLLD
however makes the target cell easily enter the
R(Optiona
congestion status. The higher the parameter is, the
more difficult it is for the inter-frequency blind
Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-10

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d
l)

Feature
Name

Description

handover occurs.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%
Default Value:20

DlLdrAMRR BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:The mechanism of the LDR is that an
ateReductio 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin action is performed in each [LDR period] and some
nRabNum
R(Optiona
g
services are selected based on the action rules to
l)
perform this action. This parameter defines the
maximum number of RABs selected in executing
MOD
downlink LDR-AMR voice service rate reduction. If
UCELLLD
the parameter value is too high, the LDR action may
R(Optiona
fluctuate greatly and over control may occur (the
l)
state of basic congestion turns into another
extreme--under load). If the parameter value is too
low, the LDR action has a slow response and the
effect is not apparent, affecting the LDR
performance.
GUI Value Range:1~10
Actual Value Range:1~10
Unit:None
Default Value:1
DlLdrAvgFil BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of
terLen
00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure downlink LDR.
tional)
ment
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:5
DlLdrBERat BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR BE
eReduction 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin traffic rate reduction. In the actual system, this
RabNum
R(Optiona
g
parameter can be set on the basis of the actual
l)
circumstances. If the high-rate subscribers occupy
a high proportion, set the parameter to a
MOD
comparatively low value. If the high-rate subscribers
UCELLLD
occupy a low proportion, set the parameter to a
R(Optiona
comparatively high value. Because the basic
l)
congestion control algorithm is designed to slowly
decrease cell load, you need to set this parameter
to a comparatively low value.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-11

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

GUI Value Range:1~10


Actual Value Range:1~10
Unit:None
Default Value:1
DlLdrCredit BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Threshold of SF reserved in downlink
SfResThd 00
UNODEB 0106
Reshufflin credit LDR. The downlink credit LDR is triggered
LDR(Opti
g
when the SF factor corresponding to the downlink
onal)
reserved credit is higher than the uplink or downlink
credit SF reserved threshold. The lower the
MOD
parameter value is, the easier the credit enters the
UNODEB
congestion status, the easier the LDR action is
LDR(Opti
triggered, and the easier the user experience is
onal)
affected. A lower code resource LDR trigger
threshold, however, causes a higher admission
success rate because the resource is reserved. The
parameter should be set based on the operator's
requirement.
GUI Value Range:SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8),
SF16(SF16), SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64),
SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Actual Value Range:SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256
Unit:None
Default Value:SF8
DlLdrCredit BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Reserved SF threshold in downlink credit
SfResThd 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin LDR. The downlink credit LDR could be triggered
R(Optiona
g
only when the SF factor corresponding to the
l)
downlink reserved credit is higher than the uplink or
downlink credit SF reserved threshold.
MOD
UCELLLD
GUI Value Range:SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8),
R(Optiona
SF16(SF16), SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64),
l)
SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Actual Value Range:SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256
Unit:None
Default Value:SF8
DlLdrPsRT BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR
QosReneg 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin uncontrolled real-time traffic QoS renegotiation. The
RabNum
R(Optiona
g
target subscribers of this parameter are the PS
domain real-time subscribers. The setting of this

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-12

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d
l)
MOD
UCELLLD
R(Optiona
l)

Feature
Name

Description

parameter is analogous to the setting of BE service


rate reduction subscriber number. Because the
number of subscribers performing QoS
renegotiation may be smaller than the value of this
parameter, for example, the candidate subscribers
selected for downlink LDR do not meet the QoS
renegotiation conditions, you must leave some
margin when setting this parameter to ensure the
success of load reshuffling.
GUI Value Range:1~10
Actual Value Range:1~10
Unit:None
Default Value:1

DlLdrRelTh BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:If the ratio of DL load of the cell to the
d
00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin downlink capacity is lower than this threshold, the
M(Option
g
DL load reshuffling function of the cell is stopped.
al)
After the basic congestion state of the cell load is
released, the system no longer implements the LDR
MOD
action. Because the load fluctuates, the difference
UCELLLD
between the LDR release threshold and trigger
M(Option
threshold should be higher than 10%. The
al)
ping-pong effect of the preliminary congestion state
may occur.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%
Default Value:60
DlLdrTrigTh BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:If the ratio of DL load of the cell to the
d
00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin downlink capacity is not lower than this threshold,
M(Option
g
the DL load reshuffling function of the cell is
al)
triggered. After the basic congestion state of the cell
load is released, the system no longer implements
MOD
the LDR action. Because the load fluctuates, the
UCELLLD
difference between the LDR release threshold and
M(Option
trigger threshold should be higher than 10%. The
al)
ping-pong effect of the preliminary congestion state
may occur.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-13

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Default Value:70
DlLdTrnsHy BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:If the DL load state of the cell is lasted
sTime
00
UCELLLD 0102
Measure longer than this threshold, the DL load state of the
M(Option
ment
cell transfers.
al)
GUI Value Range:10~600000
MOD
Actual Value Range:10~600000
UCELLLD
M(Option
Unit:ms
al)
Default Value:1000
DlOlcAvgFil BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of
terLen
00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure downlink OLC.
tional)
ment
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:5
DlOlcFTFR BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Overload
strctRabNu 00
UCELLOL 0107
Control
m
C(Optiona
l)
MOD
UCELLOL
C(Optiona
l)

Meaning:DL fast TF restriction refers to a situation


where, when the cell is overloaded and congested,
the downlink TF can be adjusted to restrict the
number of blocks transported in each TTI at the
MAC layer and the rate of user data, thus reducing
the cell downlink load.
The mechanism of the OLC is that an action is
performed in each [OLC period] and some services
are selected based on the action rules to perform
this action. This parameter defines the maximum
number of RABs selected in executing downlink
OLC fast restriction.
Selection of RABs of the OLC is based on the
service priorities and ARP values and bearing
priority indication. The RAB of low priority is under
control. In the actual system,
UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum and
DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum can be set on the basis of
the actual circumstances. If the high-rate
subscribers occupy a high proportion, set
UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum and
DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum to comparatively low
values. If the high-rate subscribers occupy a low
proportion, set UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum and
DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum to comparatively high
values. The higher the parameters are, the more
users are involved in fast TF restriction under the

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-14

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

same conditions, the quicker the cell load


decreases, and the more user QoS is affected.
GUI Value Range:1~10
Actual Value Range:1~10
Unit:None
Default Value:3
DlOlcFTFR BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Overload
strctTimes 00
UCELLOL 0107
Control
C(Optiona
l)
MOD
UCELLOL
C(Optiona
l)

Meaning:DL fast TF restriction refers to a situation


where, when the cell is overloaded and congested,
the downlink TF can be adjusted to restrict the
number of blocks transported in each TTI at the
MAC layer and the rate of user data, thus reducing
the cell downlink load.
The mechanism of the OLC is that an action is
performed in each [OLC period] and some services
are selected based on the action rules to perform
this action. This parameter defines the maximum
number of downlink OLC fast TF restriction
performed in entering/exiting the OLC status.
After the overload is triggered, the RNC
immediately executes OLC by first executing fast
TF restriction. The internal counter is incremented
by 1 with each execution. If the number of
overloads does not exceed the OLC action
threshold, the system lowers the BE service rate by
lowering TF to relieve the overload. If the number of
overloads exceeds the OLC action threshold, the
previous operation has no obvious effect on
alleviating the overload and the system has to
release users to solve the overload problem. The
lower the parameters are, the more likely the users
are released, resulting in negative effect on the
system performance. If the parameters are
excessively high, the overload status is released
slowly.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:None
Default Value:3

DlOlcMeas BSC69 SET


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:L3 filtering coefficient. The larger the value
FilterCoeff 00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure of this parameter, the stronger the smoothing effect
tional)
ment
and the higher the anti-slow-fading capability, but
the lower the signal change tracing capability. For

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-15

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

detailed information of this parameter, refer to


3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7,
D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Actual Value Range:D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6,
D7, D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit:None
Default Value:D3
DlOlcRelTh BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Overload
d
00
UCELLLD 0107
Control
M(Option
al)
MOD
UCELLLD
M(Option
al)

Meaning:If the ratio of DL load of the cell to the


downlink capacity is lower than this threshold, the
DL overload and congestion control function of the
cell is stopped. The value of the OLC release
threshold should not be much lower than or close to
the OLC trigger threshold, or the system state may
have a ping-pong effect. The recommended
difference between the OLC release threshold and
the OLC trigger threshold is higher than 10%. It is
desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher
given that the difference between OLC trigger
threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%
Default Value:85

DlOlcTraffR BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Overload Meaning:User release is an extreme method in
elRabNum 00
UCELLOL 0107
Control reducing the cell load and recovering the system
C(Optiona
when the cell is overloaded and congested.
l)
The mechanism of the OLC is that an action is
MOD
performed in each [OLC period] and some services
UCELLOL
are selected based on the action rules to perform
C(Optiona
this action. This parameter defines the maximum
l)
number of RABs released in executing downlink
OLC service release.
For the users of a single service, the releasing of
RABs means the complete releasing of the users.
The releasing of RABs causes call drops, so
UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes or DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes
should be set to a low value. Higher values of the
parameter get the cell load to decrease more
obviously, but the QoS will be affected.
GUI Value Range:0~10

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-16

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Actual Value Range:0~10


Unit:None
Default Value:0
DlOlcTrigTh BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Overload
d
00
UCELLLD 0107
Control
M(Option
al)
MOD
UCELLLD
M(Option
al)

Meaning:If the ratio of DL load of the cell to the


downlink capacity is not lower than this threshold,
the DL overload and congestion control function of
the cell is triggered. The value of the OLC release
threshold should not be much lower than or close to
the OLC trigger threshold, or the system state may
have a ping-pong effect. The recommended
difference between the OLC release threshold and
the OLC trigger threshold is higher than 10%. It is
desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher
given that the difference between OLC trigger
threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%
Default Value:95

DlPSInterR BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Number of users selected in a DL LDR PS
atShouldBe 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin domain inter-RAT SHOULDBE load handover. The
HOUeNum
R(Optiona
g
target subscribers of this parameter are the PS
l)
domain subscribers. In the actual system, this
parameter can be set on the basis of the actual
MOD
circumstances. If the high-rate subscribers occupy
UCELLLD
a high proportion, set the parameter to a
R(Optiona
comparatively low value. If the high-rate subscribers
l)
occupy a low proportion, set the parameter to a
comparatively high value. Because the basic
congestion control algorithm is designed to slowly
decrease cell load, you need to set this parameter
to a comparatively low value.
GUI Value Range:1~10
Actual Value Range:1~10
Unit:None
Default Value:1
DlPSInterR BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Number of users selected in a DL LDR PS
atShouldNo 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin domain inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load handover.
tHOUeNum
R(Optiona
g
The target subscribers of this parameter are the PS
l)
domain subscribers. In the actual system, this
parameter can be set on the basis of the actual
Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-17

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d
MOD
UCELLLD
R(Optiona
l)

Feature
Name

Description

circumstances. If the high-rate subscribers occupy


a high proportion, set the parameter to a
comparatively low value. If the high-rate subscribers
occupy a low proportion, set the parameter to a
comparatively high value. Because the basic
congestion control algorithm is designed to slowly
decrease cell load, you need to set this parameter
to a comparatively low value.
GUI Value Range:1~10
Actual Value Range:1~10
Unit:None
Default Value:1

DlQosAmrA BSC69 SET


WRFD-02 AMR/WB- Meaning:Rate adjustment switch of link stability
djSwitch
00
UQOSAC 0701
AMR
control for DL QoS of AMR services. When the
T(Optiona
Speech parameter is set to YES, DL rate of AMR services
l)
Rates
can be adjusted.
Control
GUI Value Range:NO, YES
Actual Value Range:NO, YES
Unit:None
Default Value:NO
DlQosWAm BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 AMR/WB- Meaning:Rate adjustment switch of link stability
rAdjSwitch 00
UQOSAC 0701
AMR
control for DL QoS of WAMR services. When the
T(Optiona
Speech parameter is set to YES, DL rate of WAMR services
l)
Rates
can be adjusted.
Control
GUI Value Range:NO, YES
Actual Value Range:NO, YES
Unit:None
Default Value:NO
DraSwitch BSC69 SET
WRFD-01 HSDPA Meaning:Dynamic resource allocation switch group.
00
UCORRM 061111
State
ALGOSW
Transition 1) DRA_AQM_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
WRFD-01
active queue management algorithm is used for the
ITCH(Opti
061208
HSUPA
RNC.
onal)
DCCC
WRFD-01
2)
061404 HSUPA DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH
2ms/10ms : When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic
WRFD-01 TTI
adjustment algorithm for admission CE-based BE
1502
Handover services applies to the UE with the UL enhanced L2
feature. This parameter is valid when
WRFD-02
Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-18

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

1101

Active
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
Queue
(DraSwitch) is set to ON.
WRFD-05 Managem
0405
ent (AQM) 3)
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
WRFD-05 Dynamic : When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic
0408
Channel adjustment algorithm is supported for admission
WRFD-01 Configurat CE-based BE services.
ion
0690
Control 4)
(DCCC) DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
Overbooki algorithm for coverage-based BE services applies
ng on
to the UE with the UL enhanced L2 feature. This
ATM
parameter is valid when
Transmiss DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH(
ion
DraSwitch) is set to ON.
Overbooki 5)
ng on IP DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:
Transmiss When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
ion
algorithm is supported for coverage-based BE
services.
TTI
Switch for 6) DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:
BE
When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
Services algorithm for differentiation-based BE services
Based on applies to the UE with the UL enhanced L2 feature.
Coverage This parameter is valid when
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH(Dra
Switch) is set to ON.
7) DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
algorithm is supported for differentiation-based BE
services.
8) DRA_DCCC_SWITCH: When the switch is on,
the dynamic channel reconfiguration control
algorithm is used for the RNC.
9) DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, flow control is enabled for
HSDPA services in AM mode.
10) DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the status of the UE RRC
that carrying HSDPA services can be changed to
CELL_FACH at the RNC. If a PS BE service is
carried over the HS-DSCH, the switch
PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be on
simultaneously. If a PS real-time service is carried
over the HS-DSCH, the switch
PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-19

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

on simultaneously.
11) DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the DCCC algorithm is used for
HSUPA. The DCCC switch must be also on before
this switch takes effect.
12) DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the status of the UE RRC
that carrying HSUPA services can be changed to
CELL_FACH at the RNC. If a PS BE service is
carried over the E-DCH, the switch
PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be on
simultaneously. If a PS real-time service is carried
over the E-DCH, the switch
PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be
on simultaneously.
13) DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH: Switch of
the algorithm for increasing the quality of
subscribed services. When this parameter is set to
ON, the service priority weight of the subscriber
whose key parameters (IP Address, IP Port, and IP
Protocol Type) match the specified ones can be
adjusted. In this way, the QoS is improved.
14) DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, UE RRC status transition
(CELL_FACH/CELL_PCH/URA_PCH) is allowed at
the RNC.
15) DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the status of the UE RRC
that carrying real-time services can be changed to
CELL_FACH at the RNC.
16) DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH:
Under a poor radio environment, the QoS of high
speed services drops considerably and the TX
power is overly high. In this case, the RNC can set
restrictions on certain transmission formats based
on the transmission quality, thus lowering traffic
speed and TX power. When the switch is on, the
R99 downlink flow control function is enabled.
17) DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the DCCC based on traffic
statistics is supported over the DCH.
18) DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH: when the
switch is on, the TTI selection based on the voice
service type (including VoIP and CS over HSPA) is
supported when the service is initially established.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-20

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

19) DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH: when the


switch is on, the TTI adjustment based on the voice
service type (including VoIP and CS over HSPA) is
supported.
GUI Value Range:DRA_AQM_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH
,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH,
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
Actual Value Range:DRA_AQM_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH
,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH,
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default Value:None

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-21

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

DRDEcN0T BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Intra
hreshhold 00
UINTERF 040001 System
REQNCE
Direct
LL(Option
Retry
al)
MOD
UINTERF
REQNCE
LL(Option
al)

Description

Meaning:DRD Ec/No threshold for determining


whether to perform the blind handover. If the
measured Ec/No of the current cell is greater than
this parameter, this cell can be the candidate cell for
DRD.
GUI Value Range:-24~0
Actual Value Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Default Value:-18

DrdOrLdrFl BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Enhanced Meaning:Specify the flags of the cells that the DRD
ag
00
UINTERF 0160
Multiband measurement or LDR measurement is performed.
REQNCE
Managem
The value "TRUE" indicates that the cell can be
LL(Option
ent
considered as the measurement object in the DRD
al)
measurement algorithm or LDR measurement
MOD
algorithm. The value "FALSE" indicates that the cell
UINTERF
is invalid.
REQNCE
GUI Value Range:FALSE(Do not send),
LL(Option
TRUE(Send)
al)
Actual Value Range:FALSE, TRUE
Unit:None
Default Value:False
DrSwitch

BSC69 SET
WRFD-01 HSDPA Meaning:Direct retry switch group.
00
UCORRM 061112
DRD
1) DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for RRC
ALGOSW
WRFD-02
Service
connection): When the switch is on, DRD and
ITCH(Opti
0120
Steering
redirection is performed for RRC connection if retry
onal)
and Load is required.
WRFD-02 Sharing in
040001 RRC
2) DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for
single RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is
WRFD-02 Connectio performed for single service if retry is required.
040002 n Setup
WRFD-02 Intra
040003 System
Direct
WRFD-02 Retry
040004
Inter
System
Direct
Retry
Inter

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

3) DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch
for combine RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is
performed for combined services if retry is required.
4) DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH(INTER-RAT
DRD switch): When this switch is turned on,
inter-RAT directed retry is supported.
GUI Value Range:DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH,

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-22

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

System DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH
Redirect
Actual Value Range:DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
Traffic
DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH,
Steering DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH,
and Load DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH,
Sharing
Unit:None
During
RAB
Default Value:None
Setup
EcN0Effect BSC69 ADD
WRFD-01 3.4/6.8/13 Meaning:Time duration when the reported Ec/No is
Time
00
UCELLFR 0510
.6/27.2Kb valid. The reported Ec/No is valid for the period
C(Optiona
ps RRC (starting from the time when the Ec/No report is
l)
Connectio received) specified by this parameter.
n and
MOD
GUI Value Range:0~65535
Radio
UCELLFR
Access Actual Value Range:0~65535
C(Optiona
Bearer
l)
Establish Unit:ms
ment and
Release Default Value:5000
EcN0Ths

BSC69 ADD
WRFD-01 3.4/6.8/13 Meaning:Threshold for determining the signal
00
UCELLFR 0510
.6/27.2Kb quality in a cell. If the reported Ec/No exceeds the
C(Optiona
ps RRC value of this parameter, you can infer that the signal
l)
Connectio quality in the cell is good and a high code rate can
n and
be set for initial access.
MOD
Radio
UCELLFR
Access GUI Value Range:0~49
C(Optiona
Bearer
Actual Value Range:-24.5~0
l)
Establish
ment and Unit:0.5dB
Release
Default Value:41

EmcPreeR BSC69 SET


WRFD-01 Queuing Meaning:When the switch is enabled, users
efVulnSwitc 00
UQUEUE 0505
and
attempting emergency call can preempt the
h
PREEMP
Pre-Empti resources from all the accessed users for non
T(Optiona
on
emergency call. When the switch is disabled, users
l)
attempting emergency call can only preempt
resources from the users for non emergency call
when they are configured with the preempted
attributes and ARP information element.
GUI Value Range:OFF, ON
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Default Value:ON

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-23

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

FACHPwrR BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Overload Meaning:This parameter defines the reduce value
educeValue 00
UCELLOL 0107
Control in reducing FACH power Action.
C(Optiona
GUI Value Range:0~30
l)
MOD
UCELLOL
C(Optiona
l)

Actual Value Range:0~3


Unit:0.1dB
Default Value:0

GoldUserLo BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Indicates whether gold users involve in the
adControlS 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin switch of congestion control. According to the policy
witch
R(Optiona
g
set for gold users by operators, if service quality of
l)
gold users should be guaranteed even in resource
congestion, the switch should be disabled. If the
MOD
switch is enabled, LDR such as rate reduction and
UCELLLD
handover also occurs on gold users even in cell
R(Optiona
resource congestion, which impacts user service
l)
quality. If the switch is disabled, no action is
performed on gold users.
GUI Value Range:OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
HoSwitch

BSC69 SET
WRFD-01 HSDPA Meaning:HandOver switch group.
00
UCORRM 061006 Mobility
ALGOSW
Managem 1) HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH: When
WRFD-01
the switch is on, the RNC evaluates the UE's
ITCH(Opti
ent
061204
moving speed in the HCS and initiates fast
onal)
HSUPA intra-layer or slow inter-layer handover.
WRFD-02 Mobility
0103
Managem 2) HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the LDR inter-frequency
WRFD-02 ent
handover is allowed during soft handover.
0201
Inter
3) HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH: When the
WRFD-02 Frequenc switch is on, the UE requires that the redirection
y Load
0202
Balance strategy be used for frequency layer convergence.
WRFD-02
Intra Node 4) HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH: When the
0203
B Softer switch is on, the associated receiving and mobility
WRFD-02 Handover algorithms of the overlay network are used. When
the switch is not on, the associated algorithms are
0301
Intra Node not used. Overlay network is an UTRAN network
WRFD-02 B Softer covering present network, it supports HSPA, MBMS
0302
Handover and other new features. To satisfy new
requirements of operator and restrictions of present
WRFD-02 Inter RNC network, overlay network realizes operation

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-24

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

0303

Soft
distribution and load sharing between new network
Handover and present network, also gives special handling for
WRFD-02
mobility management of network verge.
0304
Intra
Frequenc 5) HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When
WRFD-02 y Hard
the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate
0305
Handover inter-frequency measure control or the load-based
inter-frequency hard handover upon the handover
WRFD-02 Inter
decision on inter-frequency load.
0306
Frequenc
6) HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH: When the
WRFD-02 y Hard
Handover
switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate
0307
Based on inter-frequency measure control and the CS
WRFD-02 Coverage inter-RAT hard handover from the 3G network to the
0308
2G network.
Inter-RAT
WRFD-02 Handover 7)
030801 Based on HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_S
Coverage WITCH: When the switch is on, the NACC function
WRFD-02
is supported during the PS inter-RAT handover from
030802 Inter
the 3G network to the 2G network in the cell change
Frequenc order process. When the switch is not on, the
WRFD-02 y Hard
NACC function is not supported. When
0309
Handover PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH is ON, this
WRFD-02 Based on switch is useless. When the NACC function is
DL QoS supported, the UE skips the reading procedure as
1200
the SI/PSI of the target cell is provided after the UE
WRFD-02 Inter-RAT accesses the 2G cell. Thus, the delay of inter-cell
Handover
0129
Based on handover is reduced.
WRFD-07 Service 8)
0005
Inter-RAT HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWIT
WRFD-07 Handover CH: When the switch is on, the PS inter-RAT
0006
Based on handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is
performed in the relocation process. When the
Load
WRFD-07
switch is not on, the PS inter-RAT handover from
0007
Video
the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in
Telephony the cell change order process.
Fallback
to Speech 9) HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH: When the
(AMR) for switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate
Inter-RAT inter-frequency measure control and the PS
inter-RAT hard handover from the 3G network to the
HO
2G network.
Inter-RAT
Handover 10)
Phase 2 HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the attributes of inter-RAT
NACC(Ne handover of the services are based on the
twork
configuration of RNC parameters. When the switch
Assisted is not on, the attributes are set on the basis of the
Cell
CN. If no information is provided by the CN, the
Change) attributes are then based on the RNC parameters.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-25

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

PS
Handover
Between
UMTS
and
GPRS

11)
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWI
TCH: When the switch is on, the cells in the
detected set from which the RNC receives their
valid event reports can be added to the active set.
The cells allowed to be added to the active set must
be the neighboring cells of the cells in the active
Inter-RAT set.
Handover
Based on 12) HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:
DL QoS When the switch is on, statistics on the
intra-frequency measurement reports of the
HCS
detected set are taken.
(Hierarchi
cal Cell 13) HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH:
Structure) When the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate
the intra-frequency hard handover.
Service-B
ased PS 14) HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH: When
Service the switch is on, the event 1J is included in the
Redirectio delivery of intra-frequency measurement control if
n from
the UE version is R6.
UMTS to
15) HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH:
LTE
When the switch is on, the cells on the RNC can
NACC
active the soft handover. When the RNC receives
Procedure reports on the events 1A, 1B, 1C, or 1D, associated
Optimizati addition, removal, and replacement of handover cell
on Based of the soft handover are initiated.
on Iur-g
between 16) HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH:
GSM and When the switch is on, the neighboring cell whose
frequency band is beyond the UE's capabilities can
UMTS
also be delivered in the inter-frequency
GSM and measurement list.
UMTS
17) HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH: When
Load
Balancing the switch is on, the neighboring cell combined
Based on algorithm is used during the delivery of the objects
to be measured. When the switch is not on, the
Iur-g
optimal cell algorithm is used.
GSM and
18) HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH:
UMTS
When the switch is on, intra-frequency handover is
Traffic
Steering allowed over the Iur interface if the UE has only
Based on signaling.
Iur-g
19) HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH: When the switch is
on, quality measurement on the active set is
delivered after signaling setup but before service
setup. If the UE is at the cell verge or receives weak
signals after accessing the network, the RNC can
trigger inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover when

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-26

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

the UE sets up the RRC.


20) HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the RNC controls the UEs in
the connected state based on the configurations on
the CN. The UEs can only access and move in
authorized cells.
21) HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH: This bit field is
added under "Handover Algorithm Switch".
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH is the switch for the
handover and redirection from UMTS to LTE. The
meaning of the bit field is as follows:
When this bit field is selected, this switch is set to
ON. In this case, the RNC is allowed to send an
LTE MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the
UE and to initiate an inter-RAT PS handover and
redirection from UMTS to LTE. When this bit field is
not selected, this switch is set to OFF. In this case,
the RNC is not allowed to send an LTE
MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE or
to initiate an inter-RAT PS handover and redirection
from UMTS to LTE. This switch is valid in
redirection scenarios only because the current
version does not support the PS handover from
UMTS to LTE.
22) HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH: This
bit field is added under "Redirection Algorithm
Switch". HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH is
the switch for the service-based redirection from
UMTS to LTE. The meaning of the bit field is as
follows:
When this bit field is selected, this switch is set to
ON. In this case, the RNC is allowed to send an
LTE MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the
UE based on service and to initiate an inter-RAT PS
service-based redirection from UMTS to LTE. When
this bit field is not selected, this switch is set to OFF.
In this case, the RNC is not allowed to send an LTE
MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE
based on service or to initiate an inter-RAT PS
service-based redirection from UMTS to LTE.
23) HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH :This bit is a
Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC) switch
for the VoIP service that is handed over to GERAN.
SRVCC ensures the continuity of voice services
that are handed over between the CS domain and
the IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS).

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-27

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

The meaning of the bit is as follows:


When it is set to "ON", it indicates that the VoIP
service can be handed over to GERAN through
SRVCC procedure.
When it is set to "OFF", it indicates that the VoIP
service cannot be handed over to GERAN through
SRVCC procedure.
GUI Value
Range:HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_S
WITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWIT
CH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWI
TCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH,
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH,
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH
Actual Value
Range:HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_S
WITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWIT
CH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWI
TCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-28

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH,
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH,
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default Value:None
HsdpaCMP BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Inter-RAT Meaning:Whether the compressed mode (CM) can
ermissionIn 00
UCMCF( 0303
Handover coexist with the HSDPA service. If this parameter is
d
Optional)
Based on set to TRUE: 1. the RNC can enable the CM for
WRFD-02 Coverage HSDPA services. 2. The HSDPA services can be
0302
enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter
Inter
WRFD-01 Frequenc is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSDPA services can
be enabled only after the H2D (HS-DSCH to DCH)
061006 y Hard
channel switch. 2. The HSDPA services cannot be
WRFD-01 Handover enabled when the CM is enabled.
061204 Based on
Coverage This switch is used for the compatibility of the
HSDPA terminals that do not support CM when
HSDPA HSDPA is enabled.
Mobility
Managem GUI Value Range:FALSE(Forbidden),
ent
TRUE(Permit)
HSUPA Actual Value Range:FALSE, TRUE
Mobility
Managem Unit:None
ent
Default Value:True
HsdpaNeed BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of
PwrFilterLe 00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure HSDPA power requirement.
n
tional)
ment
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:5
HsdpaPrvid BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of
BitRateFilte 00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure HSDPA bit rate.
rLen
tional)
ment
GUI Value Range:1~32

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-29

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Actual Value Range:1~32


Unit:None
Default Value:5
HsupaCMP BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Inter-RAT Meaning:Whether the compressed mode (CM) can
ermissionIn 00
UCMCF( 0303
Handover coexist with the HSUPA service. If this parameter is
d
Optional)
Based on set to Permit: 1. the RNC can enable the CM for
WRFD-02 Coverage HSUPA services. 2. The HSUPA services can be
0302
enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter
Inter
WRFD-01 Frequenc is set to Limited: 1. the CM for HSUPA services can
be enabled only after the E2D (E-DCH to DCH)
061006 y Hard
channel switch. 2. The HSUPA services cannot be
WRFD-01 Handover enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter
061204 Based on is set to BasedonUECap, the RNC determines
Coverage whether CM can be enabled for HSUPA services
HSDPA and whether HSUPA services can be enabled when
Mobility the CM is enabled by considering the UE capability.
Managem This switch is used for the compatibility of the
ent
HSUPA terminals that do not support CM when
HSUPA HSUPA is enabled.
Mobility GUI Value Range:Limited, Permit,
Managem BasedOnUECap(Based On UE Capability)
ent
Actual Value Range:Limited, Permit,
BasedOnUECap
Unit:None
Default Value:BasedOnUECap
HsupaInitial BSC69 SET
WRFD-01 HSUPA
Rate
00
UFRC(Op 061208 DCCC
tional)

Meaning:HSUPA BE traffic initial bit rate. When


DCCC algorithm switch and HSUPA DCCC
algorithm switch are enabled, the uplink initial bit
rate will be set to this value if the uplink max bit rate
is higher than the initial bit rate.
GUI Value Range:D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144,
D256, D384, D608, D1280, D2048, D2720, D5440
Actual Value Range:8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256,
384, 608, 1280, 2048, 2720, 5440
Unit:kbit/s
Default Value:D256

HsupaPrvid BSC69 SET


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of
BitRateFilte 00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure HSUPA bit rate.
rLen
tional)
ment
GUI Value Range:1~32

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-30

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Actual Value Range:1~32


Unit:None
Default Value:5
InterFreqLd BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:This parameter specifies the forbidden
HoForbiden 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin traffic classes when perform inter-frequency
TC
R(Optiona
g
handover, in order to prevent disarranging of the
l)
layers.
MOD
UCELLLD
R(Optiona
l)

GUI Value Range:R99_CONVERSATIONAL(R99


Conversational), R99_STREAMING(R99
Streaming), R99_BE(R99 BE),
HSDPA_CONVERSATIONAL(HSDPA
Conversational), HSDPA_STREAMING(HSDPA
Streaming), HSDPA_BE(HSDPA BE),
HSPA_CONVERSATIONAL(HSPA Conversational),
HSPA_STREAMING(HSPA Streaming),
HSPA_BE(HSPA BE)
Actual Value Range:R99_CONVERSATIONAL,
R99_STREAMING, R99_BE,
HSDPA_CONVERSATIONAL,
HSDPA_STREAMING, HSDPA_BE,
HSPA_CONVERSATIONAL, HSPA_STREAMING,
HSPA_BE
Unit:None
Default Value:None

InterFreqLD BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:This parameter specifies load handover
HOMethod 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin method.When
Selection
R(Optiona
g
WRFD-02
network is composed of same frequency
l)
0160
Enhanced band,Blind Handover
MOD
Multiband
method is suggested .Otherwise,Measure
UCELLLD
Managem
handover
is suggested
R(Optiona
ent
l)
.
GUI Value Range:BLINDHO(BLINDHO),
MEASUREHO(MEASUREHO)
Actual Value Range:BLINDHO, MEASUREHO
Unit:None
Default Value:BLINDHO
InterFreqM BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Inter
Meaning:This parameter defines the timer length for
easTime
00
UCELLM 0302
Frequenc inter-frequency measurement.
CLDR(Op
y Hard
Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-31

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

tional)

Handover After inter-frequency measurement starts, if no


Based on inter-frequency handover is performed when this
Coverage timer expires, the inter-frequency measurement and
the compressed mode (if started) are stopped.

MOD
UCELLM
CLDR(Op
tional)

Description

This parameter is used to prevent the long


inter-frequency measurement state (compressed
mode) due to unavailable measurement of the
target cells that meet the handover requirements.
GUI Value Range:1~255
Actual Value Range:1~255
Unit:s
Default Value:6

None
IntraFreqUl BSC69 SET
bPeriodTim 00
ULDCPE
erLen
RIOD(Opt
ional)

None

Meaning:Period of RTWP-based intra-frequency


load balancing adjustment. When RTWP is high,
CPICH transmit power is periodically reduced,
which reduces RTWP.
GUI Value Range:1~115300
Actual Value Range:1~115300
Unit:s
Default Value:1800

LdbAvgFilte BSC69 SET


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of
rLen
00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure intra-frequency load balancing (LDB).
tional)
ment
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:6
LdrCodePri BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:FALSE means not considering the code
UseInd
00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin priority during the code reshuffling. TRUE means
R(Optiona
g
considering the code priority during the code
l)
reshuffling. If the parameter is TRUE, the codes
with high priority are reserved during the code
MOD
reshuffling. It is good for the code resource dynamic
UCELLLD
sharing, which is a function used for the HSDPA
R(Optiona
service.
l)
GUI Value Range:FALSE(FALSE), TRUE(TRUE)
Actual Value Range:FALSE, TRUE

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-32

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Unit:None
Default Value:False
LdrCodeUs BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Code resource usage difference
edSpaceTh 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin threshold. Inter-frequency handover is triggered
d
R(Optiona
g
when the difference of the resource usage of the
l)
current cell and that of the target cell is greater than
this threshold.
MOD
UCELLLD
GUI Value Range:0~100
R(Optiona
Actual Value Range:0~1
l)
Unit:%
Default Value:13
LdrPeriodTi BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Identifying the period of the LDR
merLen
00
ULDCPE 0106
Reshufflin execution. When
RIOD(Opt
g
basic congestion occurs, execution of LDR can
ional)
dynamically
reduce the cell load. The lower the parameter
value is, the
more frequently the LDR action is executed,
which decreases the
load quickly. If the parameter value is
excessively low, an LDR
action may overlap the previous one before the
previous result
is displayed in LDM. The higher the parameter
value is, the
more likely this problem can be prevented. If
the parameter
value is excessively high, the LDR action may
be executed
rarely, failing to lower the load timely. The LDR
algorithm
aims to slowly reduce the cell load and control
the load below
the admission threshold, each LDR action
takes a period (for
example the inter-RAT load handover needs a
delay of about 5 s

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-33

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

if the compressed mode is needed), and there


is a delay for the
LDM module responds to the load decreasing
(the delay is about
3 s when the L3 filter coefficient is set to 6), so
the
parameter value should be higher than 8s.
GUI Value Range:1~86400
Actual Value Range:1~86400
Unit:s
Default Value:10
MaxFachPo BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Open
wer
00
UFACH(O 0501
Loop
ptional)
Power
Control
MOD
UFACH(O
ptional)

Meaning:The offset between the FACH transmit


power and P-CPICH transmit power in a cell.
GUI Value Range:-350~150
Actual Value Range:-35~15
Unit:0.1dB
Default Value:10

MaxPCPIC BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Open
HPower
00
UPCPICH 0501
Loop
(Optional)
Power
Control

Meaning:Maximum TX power of the PCPICH in a


cell. This parameter should be set based on the
actual system environment such as cell coverage
(radius) and geographical environment, and the cell
total power. When the ratio of soft handover areas
keeps the same, the downlink coverage cannot be
promoted by the increase of PCPICH power.
GUI Value Range:-100~500
Actual Value Range:-10~50
Unit:0.1dBm
Default Value:346

MaxQueue BSC69 SET


WRFD-01 Queuing Meaning:Maximum queue time of users. When a
TimeLen
00
UQUEUE 0505
and
user initiates a call, it joins the queue due to cell
PREEMP
Pre-Empti resource insufficiency. This parameter defines the
T(Optiona
on
maximum length of time required for queuing of a
l)
user. If cell resources are still insufficient after
expiration, access fails.
GUI Value Range:1~60

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-34

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Actual Value Range:1~60


Unit:s
Default Value:5
MaxUserNu BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:This parameter specifies the number of
mCodeAdj 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin users selected in code reshuffling. Code reshuffling
R(Optiona
g
can be triggered only when the number of users on
l)
a code is no greater than the threshold. Code
reshuffling has a big impact on the QoS. In addition,
MOD
the reshuffled subscribers occupy two code
UCELLLD
resources during code reshuffling. Thus, the
R(Optiona
parameter should be set to a comparatively low
l)
value.
GUI Value Range:1~3
Actual Value Range:1~3
Unit:None
Default Value:1
MbmsDecP BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:When the priority of the RAB of MBMS
owerRabTh 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin services exceeds this threshold, reconfigure the
d
R(Optiona
g
MBMS power to the minimum power. The MBMS
l)
service at each rate is set on the basis of two power
levels. The power set for an MBMS service is
MOD
determined according to cell load during the service
UCELLLD
access. In addition, the FACH power of the MBMS
R(Optiona
service must be decreased as required in the
l)
duration of cell congestion. Some services with high
priority, for example the disaster pre-alert, however,
do not need the coverage shrink caused by cell
load. In such a case, you can adjust the service
priority threshold to protect the services with high
priority against the impact of the service access
failure and the load control algorithm.
GUI Value Range:1~15
Actual Value Range:1~15
Unit:None
Default Value:1
MbmsOlcR BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Overload Meaning:MBMS service release is an extreme
elNum
00
UCELLOL 0107
Control method in reducing the cell load and recovering the
C(Optiona
system when the cell is overloaded and congested.
l)
The mechanism of the OLC is that an action is
performed in each [OLC period] and some services

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-35

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

are selected based on the action rules to perform


this action. This parameter defines the maximum
number of MBMS services released in executing
downlink OLC service release.
GUI Value Range:0~8
Actual Value Range:0~8
Unit:None
Default Value:1
MinForDlBa BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:DL basic common measurement report
sicMeas
00
ULDM(Ma 0102
Measure cycle. For detailed information of this parameter,
ndatory)
ment
refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:1~60
Actual Value Range:1~60
Unit:min
Default Value:20
MinForHsd BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:This parameter specifies the HSDPA bit
paPrvidRat 00
ULDM(Ma 0102
Measure rate measurement report period. For detailed
eMeas
ndatory)
ment
information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS
25.433.
GUI Value Range:1~60
Actual Value Range:1~60
Unit:min
Default Value:10
MinForHsd BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:HSDPA power requirement measurement
paPwrMeas 00
ULDM(Ma 0102
Measure report period For detailed information of this
ndatory)
ment
parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:1~60
Actual Value Range:1~60
Unit:min
Default Value:10
MinForHsu BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:This parameter specifies the HSUPA bit
paPrvidRat 00
ULDM(Ma 0102
Measure rate measurement report period. For detailed
eMeas
ndatory)
ment
information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS
25.433.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-36

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

GUI Value Range:1~60


Actual Value Range:1~60
Unit:min
Default Value:1
MinForUlBa BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:UL basic common measurement report
sicMeas
00
ULDM(Ma 0102
Measure cycle. For detailed information of this parameter,
ndatory)
ment
refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:1~60
Actual Value Range:1~60
Unit:min
Default Value:20
MinPCPIC BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Open
HPower
00
UPCPICH 0501
Loop
(Optional)
Power
WRFD-02 Control
0104
Intra
Frequenc
y Load
Balance

Meaning:Minimum TX power of the PCPICH in a


cell. This parameter should be set based on the
actual system environment such as cell coverage
(radius) and geographical environment. Ensure that
MinPCPICHPower is set under the condition of a
proper proportion of soft handover area, or under
the condition that no coverage hole exists.
GUI Value Range:-100~500
Actual Value Range:-10~50
Unit:0.1dBm
Default Value:313

NBMCacAl BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Admission Meaning:The above values of the algorithms
goSwitch 00
UCELLAL 0101
Control represent the following information:
GOSWIT
CRD_ADCTRL: Control Cell Credit admission
CH(Optio WRFD-02 Load
0102
Measure
control
algorithm. Only when
nal)
ment
NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH which is set by
MOD
the SET UCACALGOSWITCH command and this
UCELLAL
switch are on,the Cell Credit admission control
GOSWIT
algorithm is valid.
CH(Optio
HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL: Control HSDPA UU
nal)
Load admission control algorithm. This swtich does
not work when uplink is beared on HSUPA and
downlink is beared on HSDPA.
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS: Control HSDPA
HS-DSCH Required Power measurement.
HSDPA_PBR_MEAS: Control HSDPA

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-37

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

HS-DSCH Provided Bit Rate measurement.


HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL: Control HSUPA UU
Load admission control algorithm. This switch does
not work when uplink is beared on HSUPA and
downlink is beared on HSDPA.
MBMS_UU_ADCTRL: Control MBMS UU Load
admission control algorithm.
HSUPA_PBR_MEAS: Control HSUPA
Provided Bit Rate measurement.
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS: Control
HSUPA Provided Received Scheduled EDCH
Power Share measurement.
EMC_UU_ADCTRL: Control power admission
for emergency user.
RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB: Control algorithm
of resisting disturb when RTWP is abnormal.
FACH_UU_ADCTRL: Admission control switch
for the FACH on the Uu interface. This switch
determines whether to admit a user in the RRC
state on the CELL_FACH.
1. If this switch is enabled: if the current cell is
congested due to overload, and the users are with
RAB connection requests or RRC connection
requests(except the cause of "Detach",
"Registration", or "Emergency Call"), the users will
be rejected. Otherwise FACH user admission
procedure is initiated. A user can access the cell
after the procedure succeeds.
2. If this switch is disabled: FACH user
admission procedure is initiated without the
consideration of cell state.
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL:
Legacy HSDPA admission control algorithm in
MIMO cell.
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL: Whether to
enable or disable state transition of users in the
CELL-DCH state, who are enabled with fast
dormancy, to ease FACH congestion in a cell. If this
switch is turned off in a cell, state transition of such
users is disabled. Note that when this switch is
turned off in multiple cells under an RNC, signaling
storm may occur. As a result, the CPU usage of the
RNC, NodeB, and SGSN increases greatly, leading
to service setup failure.Parameter withdrawal

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-38

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

explanation:The current version supports


synchronization and delivery of the setting of this
parameter. The RNC, however, does not use this
parameter any longer. Later versions will not
support this parameter. Therefore, users should not
use this parameter. After this parameter is
withdrawn, the RNC always performs cell resource
admission on Fast Dormancy users. If cell
resources are insufficient, Fast Dormancy users
cannot enter the CELL_FACH state.
If switches above are selected, the
corresponding algorithms will be enabled;
otherwise, disabled.
GUI Value Range:CRD_ADCTRL(Credit Admission
Control Algorithm), HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA
UU Load Admission Control Algorithm),
HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU Load Admission
Control Algorithm), MBMS_UU_ADCTRL(MBMS
UU Load Admission Control Algorithm),
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS(HSDPA GBP Meas
Algorithm), HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDPA PBR
Meas Algorithm), HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUPA
PBR Meas Algorithm),
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS(HSUPA EDCH
RSEPS Meas Algorithm),
EMC_UU_ADCTRL(emergency call power
admission), RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB(RTWP
Resist Disturb Switch), FACH_UU_ADCTRL(FACH
power cac switch),
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL(Legacy
HSDPA Admission Control Algorithm in MIMO
Cell ), FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL(Fast
Dormancy User Admission Control Algorithm)
Actual Value Range:CRD_ADCTRL,
HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL, HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL,
MBMS_UU_ADCTRL, HSDPA_GBP_MEAS,
HSDPA_PBR_MEAS, HSUPA_PBR_MEAS,
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS,
EMC_UU_ADCTRL, RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB,
FACH_UU_ADCTRL,
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL,
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL
Unit:None
Default Value:None

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-39

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

NBMDlCac BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Admission Meaning:The algorithms with the above values
AlgoSelSwit 00
UCELLAL 0101
Control represent are as follow:
ch
GOSWIT
ALGORITHM_OFF: Disable downlink call
CH(Mand
admission control algorithm.
atory)
ALGORITHM_FIRST: The load factor prediction
algorithm will be used in downlink CAC.

MOD
UCELLAL
GOSWIT
CH(Optio
nal)

ALGORITHM_SECOND: The equivalent user


number algorithm will be used in downlink CAC.
ALGORITHM_THIRD: The loose call admission
control algorithm will be used in downlink CAC.
GUI Value Range:ALGORITHM_OFF,
ALGORITHM_FIRST, ALGORITHM_SECOND,
ALGORITHM_THIRD
Actual Value Range:ALGORITHM_OFF,
ALGORITHM_FIRST, ALGORITHM_SECOND,
ALGORITHM_THIRD
Unit:None
Default Value:None

NBMLdcAlg BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:The algorithms with the above values
oSwitch
00
UCELLAL 0106
Reshufflin represent are as follow:
GOSWIT
g
INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB: Intra-frequency load
CH(Optio WRFD-02
0102
Load
balance algorithm. It is also named cell breathing
nal)
Measure algorithm.Based on the cell load, this algorithm
WRFD-02 ment
MOD
changes the pilot power of the cell to control the
UCELLAL 0104
load between intra-frequency cells.
GOSWIT WRFD-02 Intra
Frequenc PUC: Potential user control algorithm. Based on the
CH(Optio 0105
y Load
cell load, this algorithm changes the
nal)
Balance
selection/reselection parameters of a cell to lead
WRFD-02
the UE to a lighter loaded cell.
0107
Potential
User
Control

UL_UU_OLC: UL UU overload congestion control


algorithm. When the cell is overloaded in UL, this
algorithm reduces the cell load in UL by quick TF
Overload restriction or UE release.
Control
DL_UU_OLC: DL UU overload congestion control
algorithm. When the cell is overloaded in DL, this
algorithm reduces the cell load in DL by quick TF
restriction or UE release.
UL_UU_LDR: UL UU load reshuffling algorithm.
When the cell is heavily loaded in UL, this algorithm
reduces the cell load in UL by using inter-frequency
load handover, BE service rate reduction,
Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-40

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

uncontrollable real-time service QoS renegotiation,


CS should be inter-RAT, PS should be inter-RAT
handover, CS should not be inter-RATand, PS
should not be inter-RAT handover and AMR service
rate reduction.
DL_UU_LDR: DL UU load reshuffling algorithm.
When the cell is heavily loaded in DL, this algorithm
reduces the cell load in DL by using inter-frequency
load handover, BE service rate reduction,
uncontrollable real-time service QoS renegotiation,
CS should be inter-RAT, PS should be inter-RAT
handover, CS should not be inter-RATand, PS
should not be inter-RAT handover, AMR service
rate reduction and MBMS service power decrease.
OLC_EVENTMEAS: Control OLC event
measurement. This algorithm starts the OLC event
measurement.
CELL_CODE_LDR: Code reshuffling algorithm.
When the cell CODE is heavily loaded, this
algorithm reduces the cell CODE load by using BE
service rate reduction and code tree reshuffling.
CELL_CREDIT_LDR:Credit reshuffling algorithm.
When the cell credit is heavily loaded, this algorithm
reduces the credit load of the cell by using BE
service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time
service QoS renegotiation, CS should be inter-RAT,
PS should be inter-RAT handover, CS should not be
inter-RATand and PS should not be inter-RAT
handover.
INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB: Intra-frequency load
balancing algorithm based on RTWP. CPICH power
of a cell is adjusted according to RTWP load in the
cell, triggering intra-frequency, inter-frequency, or
inter-RAT handover of UEs at the edge of the cell.
As a result, the call drop rate in the cell is reduced.
If INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB, PUC, ULOLC,
DLOLC, ULLDR, UDLLDR, OLC_EVENTMEAS,
CELL_CODE_LDR, CELL_CREDIT_LDR and
INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB are selected, the
corresponding algorithms will be enabled;
otherwise, disabled.
GUI Value Range:INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB(Intra
Frequency LDB Algorithm), PUC(Potential User
Control Algorithm), UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR
Algorithm), DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR
Algorithm), UL_UU_OLC(Uplink UU OLC
Algorithm), DL_UU_OLC(Downlink UU OLC
Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-41

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Algorithm), OLC_EVENTMEAS(OLC Event Meas


Algorithm), CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR
Algorithm), CELL_CREDIT_LDR(Credit LDR
Algorithm), UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB(Intra
Frequency ULB Algorithm)
Actual Value Range:INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
PUC, UL_UU_LDR, DL_UU_LDR, UL_UU_OLC,
DL_UU_OLC, OLC_EVENTMEAS,
CELL_CODE_LDR, CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB
Unit:None
Default Value:None
NbmLdcUe BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Inter
SelSwitch 00
UCELLAL 0103
Frequenc
GOSWIT
y Load
CH(Optio
Balance
nal)
MOD
UCELLAL
GOSWIT
CH(Optio
nal)

Meaning:The algorithms with the above values


represent are as follow:
NBM_LDC_ALL_UE: When inter-freq handover
select user occurs, no need to consider whether
target cell support Ue.
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY: When inter-freq
handover select user occurs, only consider Ues
supported by target cell.
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FIRST: When inter-freq
handover select user occurs, first consider Ues
supported by target cell.
GUI Value Range:NBM_LDC_ALL_UE(Select all
users), NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY(Select
users match target cell support only),
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FIRST(Select users
match target cell support first)
Actual Value Range:NBM_LDC_ALL_UE,
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY,
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FIRST
Unit:None
Default Value:NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY

NBMUlCac BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Admission Meaning:The algorithms with the above values
AlgoSelSwit 00
UCELLAL 0101
Control represent are as follow:
ch
GOSWIT
ALGORITHM_OFF: Disable uplink call admission
CH(Mand
control algorithm.
atory)
MOD
UCELLAL
GOSWIT

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

ALGORITHM_FIRST: The load factor prediction


algorithm will be used in uplink CAC.
ALGORITHM_SECOND: The equivalent user

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-42

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d
CH(Optio
nal)

Feature
Name

Description

number algorithm will be used in uplink CAC.


ALGORITHM_THIRD: The loose call admission
control algorithm will be used in uplink CAC.
GUI Value Range:ALGORITHM_OFF,
ALGORITHM_FIRST, ALGORITHM_SECOND,
ALGORITHM_THIRD
Actual Value Range:ALGORITHM_OFF,
ALGORITHM_FIRST, ALGORITHM_SECOND,
ALGORITHM_THIRD
Unit:None
Default Value:None

NbmWpsAl BSC69 SET


WRFD-02 Emergenc Meaning:This parameter is used to identify WPS
gorithmPrio 00
UWPSAL 1104
y Call
users with priority. For instance, if priorities 3, 4, 5,
rity
GO(Optio
and 6 are selected, users with priorities are
nal)
regarded as WPS users.
GUI Value Range:PRIORITY1(WPS USER
PRIORITY 1), PRIORITY2(WPS USER PRIORITY
2), PRIORITY3(WPS USER PRIORITY 3),
PRIORITY4(WPS USER PRIORITY 4),
PRIORITY5(WPS USER PRIORITY 5),
PRIORITY6(WPS USER PRIORITY 6),
PRIORITY7(WPS USER PRIORITY 7),
PRIORITY8(WPS USER PRIORITY 8),
PRIORITY9(WPS USER PRIORITY 9),
PRIORITY10(WPS USER PRIORITY 10),
PRIORITY11(WPS USER PRIORITY 11),
PRIORITY12(WPS USER PRIORITY 12),
PRIORITY13(WPS USER PRIORITY 13),
PRIORITY14(WPS USER PRIORITY 14)
Actual Value Range:PRIORITY1, PRIORITY2,
PRIORITY3, PRIORITY4, PRIORITY5,
PRIORITY6, PRIORITY7, PRIORITY8,
PRIORITY9, PRIORITY10, PRIORITY11,
PRIORITY12, PRIORITY13, PRIORITY14,
Unit:None
Default Value:None
NbmWpsAl BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Emergenc Meaning:WPS (Wireless Priority Service) is NS/EP
gorithmSwit 00
UWPSAL 1104
y Call
(National Security/Emergency Preparedness) AMR
ch
GO(Optio
conversation service controlled by White House of
nal)
USA. NCS is authorized to manage the execution of
the WPS project. This switch indicates whether the
WPS function is supported.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-43

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

GUI Value Range:ALGORITHM_OFF(WPS


Algorithm Switch OFF), ALGORITHM_ON(WPS
Algorithm Switch ON)
Actual Value Range:ALGORITHM_OFF,
ALGORITHM_ON
Unit:None
Default Value:ALGORITHM_OFF
NodeBLdcA BSC69 ADD
lgoSwitch 00
UNODEB
ALGOPA
RA(Optio
nal)
MOD
UNODEB
ALGOPA
RA(Optio
nal)

WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:IUB_LDR (Iub congestion control
0106
Reshufflin algorithm): When the NodeB Iub load is heavy,
g
users are assembled in priority order among all the
WRFD-02
NodeBs and some users are selected for LDR
0107
Overload action (such as BE service rate reduction) in order
Control to reduce the NodeB Iub load.
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR (NodeB level credit
congestion control algorithm): When the NodeB
level credit load is heavy, users are assembled in
priority order among all the NodeBs and some
users are selected for LDR action in order to reduce
the NodeB level credit load.
LCG_CREDIT_LDR (Cell group level credit
congestion control algorithm): When the cell group
level credit load is heavy, users are assembled in
priority order among all the NodeBs and some
users are selected for LDR action in order to reduce
the cell group level credit load.
IUB_OLC (Iub Overload congestion control
algorithm): When the NodeB Iub load is Overload,
users are assembled in priority order among all the
NodeBs and some users are selected for Olc action
in order to reduce the NodeB Iub load.
To enable some of the algorithms above, select
them. Otherwise, they are disabled.
GUI Value Range:IUB_LDR(IUB LDR Algorithm),
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR
Algorithm), LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR
Algorithm), IUB_OLC(IUB OLC Algorithm)
Actual Value Range:IUB_LDR,
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR, LCG_CREDIT_LDR,
IUB_OLC
Unit:None
Default Value:None

OffQoffset1 BSC69 ADD

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

WRFD-02 Potential Meaning:Offset of Qoffset1 when neighboring cell

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-44

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

9 Parameters

Parameter NE
ID

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Heavy

UCELLPU 0105
C(Optiona
l)

User
Control

load is heavier than that of the center cell (Note:


Qoffset1 is used as a priority to decide which cell
will be selected in cell selection or reselection) For
detailed information of this parameter, refer to
3GPP TS 25.304.

00

MOD
UCELLPU
C(Optiona
l)

GUI Value Range:-20~20


Actual Value Range:-20~20
Unit:dB
Default Value:4

OffQoffset1 BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Potential
Light
00
UCELLPU 0105
User
C(Optiona
Control
l)
MOD
UCELLPU
C(Optiona
l)

Meaning:Offset of Qoffset1 when neighboring cell


load is lighter than that of the center cell (Note:
Qoffset1 is used as a priority to decide which cell
will be selected in cell selection or reselection) For
detailed information of this parameter, refer to
3GPP TS 25.304.
GUI Value Range:-20~20
Actual Value Range:-20~20
Unit:dB
Default Value:-4

OffQoffset2 BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Potential
Heavy
00
UCELLPU 0105
User
C(Optiona
Control
l)
MOD
UCELLPU
C(Optiona
l)

Meaning:Offset of Qoffset2 when neighboring cell


load is heavier than that of the center cell (Note:
Qoffset2 is used as a priority to decide which cell
will be selected in cell selection or reselection) For
detailed information of this parameter, refer to
3GPP TS 25.304.
GUI Value Range:-20~20
Actual Value Range:-20~20
Unit:dB
Default Value:4

OffQoffset2 BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Potential
Light
00
UCELLPU 0105
User
C(Optiona
Control
l)
MOD
UCELLPU
C(Optiona
l)

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Meaning:Offset of Qoffset2 when neighboring cell


load is lighter than that of the center cell (Note:
Qoffset2 is used as a priority to decide which cell
will be selected in cell selection or reselection) For
detailed information of this parameter, refer to
3GPP TS 25.304.
GUI Value Range:-20~20
Actual Value Range:-20~20

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-45

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Unit:dB
Default Value:-4
OffSinterHe BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Potential
avy
00
UCELLPU 0105
User
C(Optiona
Control
l)
MOD
UCELLPU
C(Optiona
l)

Meaning:Offset of Sintersearch when center cell


load level is "Heavy" (Note: Sintersearch is used to
decide whether to start the inter-frequency cell
reselection). For detailed information of this
parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.304.
GUI Value Range:-10~10
Actual Value Range:-20~20
Unit:2dB
Default Value:2

OffSinterLig BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Potential
ht
00
UCELLPU 0105
User
C(Optiona
Control
l)
MOD
UCELLPU
C(Optiona
l)

Meaning:Offset of Sintersearch when center cell


load level is "Light" (Note: Sintersearch is used to
decide whether to start the inter-frequency cell
reselection). For detailed information of this
parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.304.
GUI Value Range:-10~10
Actual Value Range:-20~20
Unit:2dB
Default Value:-2

OlcPeriodTi BSC69 SET


WRFD-02 Overload Meaning:Identifying the period of the OLC
merLen
00
ULDCPE 0107
Control execution. When
RIOD(Opt
overload occurs, execution of OLC can
ional)
dynamically reduce the
cell load. When setting the parameter, consider
the hysteresis
for which the load monitoring responds to the
load change. For
example, when the layer 3 filter coefficient is 6,
the
hysteresis for which the load measurement
responds to the
step-function signals is about 2.8s, namely that
the system can
trace the load control effect about 3 s later after
each load

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-46

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

control. In this case, the OLC period timer


length cannot be
smaller than 3s. OlcPeriodTimerLen along with
ULOLCFTFRstrctUserNum,
DLOLCFTFRstrctUserNum,
ULOLCFTFRSTRCTTimes,
DLOLCFTFRSTRCTTimes,
ULOLCTraffRelUserNum,
and DLOLCTraffRelUserNum determine the
time it takes to release
the uplink/downlink overload. If the OLC period
is excessively
long, the system may respond very slowly to
overload. If the
OLC period is excessively short, unnecessary
adjustment may
occur before the previous OLC action has
taken effect, and
therefore the system performance is affected.
GUI Value Range:100~86400000
Actual Value Range:100~86400000
Unit:ms
Default Value:3000
PCPICHPo BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Intra
werPace
00
UCELLLD 0104
Frequenc
B(Optiona
y Load
l)
Balance
MOD
UCELLLD
B(Optiona
l)

Meaning:Pilot power adjustment step increased or


decreased in each increase of the cell breathing
algorithm or decrease of cell pilot. For detailed
information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS
25.433.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~10
Unit:0.1dB
Default Value:2

PollTimerLe BSC69 SET


WRFD-01 Queuing Meaning:Timer length of the queue poll. The queue
n
00
UQUEUE 0505
and
is polled for every time specified in this parameter.
PREEMP
Pre-Empti During each poll, all the expired users are removed
T(Optiona
on
from the queue and this user fails in access. Among
l)
all the unexpired users, resources are allocated in

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-47

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

the order of high priority to low priority. If resource


allocation is successful, the user succeeds in
access and traverse of this queue is stopped.
Otherwise, the rest users are traversed until all the
unexpired users go through this.
GUI Value Range:1~80
Actual Value Range:10~800
Unit:10ms
Default Value:50
PrdReportI BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Inter
Meaning:The interval between two reports is the
nterval
00
UCELLM 0302
Frequenc configured value.
CLDR(Op
y Hard
tional)
Handover This parameter has impact on the Uu signaling flow.
Based on If the interval is too short and the frequency is too
MOD
Coverage high, the RNC may have burden in processing
UCELLM
signaling. If the interval is too long, the network
CLDR(Op
cannot detect the signal change in time, which may
tional)
delay the inter-frequency handover.
GUI Value Range:D250, D500, D1000, D2000,
D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000,
D20000, D24000, D28000, D32000, D64000
Actual Value Range:250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000,
4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000,
28000, 32000, 64000
Unit:ms
Default Value:D3000
PreemptAlg BSC69 SET
WRFD-01 Queuing Meaning:Determines whether preemption is
oSwitch
00
UQUEUE 0505
and
supported. When this switch is enabled, the RNC
PREEMP
Pre-Empti allows privileged users or services to preempt cell
T(Optiona
on
resources from the users or services with the
l)
preempted attributes and lower priority in the case
of cell resource insufficiency. When the switch is
disabled, the RNC terminates the service for the
user due to the failure in cell resource application.
GUI Value Range:OFF, ON
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
PreemptRef BSC69 SET
WRFD-01 Queuing Meaning:Indicating whether ARP-based preemption
UQUEUE
and
between TCs is supported. This switch only has
Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-48

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

9 Parameters

Parameter NE
ID

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

ArpSwitch 00

PREEMP 0505
T(Optiona
l)

Pre-Empti impact on the TC-based priorities. When the priority


on
is based on the TC and the switch is enabled, for
the following two situations, the preempting service
should have a higher priority and ARP priority than
the preempted service does: 1.The preempting
service is the streaming service and the preempted
service is the interactive or background service. 2.
The preempting service is the interactive service
and the preempted service is the background
service.

Description

GUI Value Range:OFF, ON


Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Default Value:ON
PriorityRefe BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Reference used to determine which
rence
00
UUSERP 0106
Reshufflin priority is arranged first in the priority sequence.
RIORITY(
g
If the ARP is preferably used, the priority sequence
Optional) WRFD-02
0107
Overload is gold > silver > copper. If the ARPs are all the
Control same, the TrafficClass is used and the priority
WRFD-01
sequence is conversational > streaming >
0505
Queuing interactive > background.
and
Pre-Empti If the TrafficClass is preferably used, the priority
on
sequence is conversational > streaming >
interactive > background. If the TrafficClass factors
are all the same, the ARP factor is used and the
priority sequence is gold > silver > copper.
GUI Value Range:ARP, TrafficClass
Actual Value Range:ARP, TrafficClass
Unit:None
Default Value:ARP
PsSwitch

BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Dynamic Meaning:PS rate negotiation switch group.
00
UCORRM 1101
Channel
ALGOSW
Configurat 1)
WRFD-01
PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH:
ITCH(Opti
ion
0506
onal)
Control When the switch is on, access at a rate of 0 kbit/s or
(DCCC) on the FACH is determined according to the current
connection state of the RRC if the PS BE admission
RAB
and the later preemption and queuing fail.
Quality of
Service 2) PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH:
Renegotia When the switch is on, the initial rate of the service
tion over should be dynamically configured according to the
value of Ec/No reported by the UE when the PS BE

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-49

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Iu
service is established.
Interface
3) PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is
applied to the PS BE service if Alternative RAB
Parameter Values IE is present in the RANAP RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION
REQUEST message.
4) PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: When the
switch is on and the RAB downsizing license is
activated, the initial speed is determined on the
basis of cell resources. Downsizing is implemented
for BE services.
5) PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is
applied to the PS STREAM service if Alternative
RAB Parameter Values IE is present in the RANAP
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION
REQUEST message.
6) PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the strict Iu QoS Negotiation
function is applied to the PS BE service,RNC select
Iu max bit rate based on UE capacity,cell
capacity,max bitrate and alternative RAB parameter
values in RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
or RELOCATION REQUEST message. When the
switch is not on, the loose Iu QoS Negotiation
function is applied to the PS BE service,RNC select
Iu max bit rate based on UE capacity,max bitrate
and alternative RAB parameter values in RANAP
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION
REQUEST message,not consider cell capacity,this
can avoid Iu QoS Renegotiation between different
cell.The switch is valid when
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is set to ON.
GUI Value
Range:PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_S
WITCH,
PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH,
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH,
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH
Actual Value
Range:PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_S
WITCH,
PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH,
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-50

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH,
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default Value:None
PucAvgFilte BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of
rLen
00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure potential user control (PUC).
tional)
ment
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:6
QueueAlgo BSC69 SET
WRFD-01 Queuing Meaning:Indicating whether queue is supported.
Switch
00
UQUEUE 0505
and
When a user initiates a call, if cell resources are
PREEMP
Pre-Empti insufficient and the user is queue supportive, the
T(Optiona
on
RNC tries to arrange this user to join the queue to
l)
increase access success ratio.
GUI Value Range:OFF, ON
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
QueueLen BSC69 SET
WRFD-01 Queuing Meaning:Queue length. The total number of users
00
UQUEUE 0505
and
in queue of each cell should not exceed the value
PREEMP
Pre-Empti specified in this parameter. When a new user needs
T(Optiona
on
queuing, 1) If the queue has vacancy, the user joins
l)
the queue immediately. 2) If the queue is full and
there is a user whose queue time exceeds the
allowed maximum queue time, this user is out of the
queue and access fails. At the same time, the new
user joins the queue. 3) If the queue has a user
whose priority is lower than that of the new user, the
user in the queue with the lowest priority is out of
the queue and access fails. At the same time, the
new user joins the queue. 4)For other situations,
the user cannot join the queue.
GUI Value Range:5~20
Actual Value Range:5~20
Unit:None

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-51

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Default Value:5
RateRecov BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Overload
erTimerLen 00
UCELLOL 0107
Control
C(Optiona
l)
MOD
UCELLOL
C(Optiona
l)

Meaning:DL fast TF restriction refers to a situation


where, when the cell is overloaded and congested,
the downlink TF can be adjusted to restrict the
number of blocks transported in each TTI at the
MAC layer and the rate of user data, thus reducing
the cell downlink load. This parameter defines the
downlink data rate recover timer length in fast TF
restriction. RateRstrctTimerLen and
RateRecoverTimerLen are effective only to the
downlink. The uplink fast TF restriction is performed
by the UE. For the uplink fast TF restriction, the
RNC only delivers a new TFCS and randomly
selects a comparatively bigger time length in the
signaling value scope. The UE automatically
release the TF restriction once the time expires.
The higher RateRecoverTimerLen is, the more
slowly the BE service rate recovers, while the lower
probability that the overload is triggered again in a
short period. The lower RateRecoverTimerLen is,
the more quickly the BE service rate is recovered,
but more overloads occur.
GUI Value Range:1~65535
Actual Value Range:1~65535
Unit:ms
Default Value:5000

RateRstrct BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Overload
Coef
00
UCELLOL 0107
Control
C(Optiona
l)
MOD
UCELLOL
C(Optiona
l)

Meaning:DL fast TF restriction refers to a situation


where, when the cell is overloaded and congested,
the downlink TF can be adjusted to restrict the
number of blocks transported in each TTI at the
MAC layer and the rate of user data, thus reducing
the cell downlink load. This parameter defines the
downlink data rate restrict coefficient in fast TF
restrict The smaller this parameter is, the larger the
TF restrict effect. The lower the parameter is, the
more severe the rate is restricted. An excessive low
parameter value, however, may affect the BE
transmission delay. A high parameter value means
loose restriction, which may be ineffective in
alleviating the overload.
GUI Value Range:1~99
Actual Value Range:0.01~0.99
Unit:%

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-52

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Default Value:68
RateRstrctT BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Overload
imerLen
00
UCELLOL 0107
Control
C(Optiona
l)
MOD
UCELLOL
C(Optiona
l)

Meaning:DL fast TF restriction refers to a situation


where, when the cell is overloaded and congested,
the downlink TF can be adjusted to restrict the
number of blocks transported in each TTI at the
MAC layer and the rate of user data, thus reducing
the cell downlink load. This parameter defines the
time length of the downlink OLC fast TF restriction.
RateRstrctTimerLen and RateRecoverTimerLen are
effective only to the downlink. The uplink fast TF
restriction is performed by the UE. For the uplink
fast TF restriction, the RNC only delivers a new
TFCS and randomly selects a comparatively bigger
time length in the signaling value scope. The UE
automatically release the TF restriction once the
time expires. The higher RateRstrctTimerLen is, the
more slowly the BE service rate decreases. The
lower RateRstrctTimerLen is, the harder it is to
receive the overload release instruction.
GUI Value Range:1~65535
Actual Value Range:1~65535
Unit:ms
Default Value:3000

RecoverCo BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Overload
ef
00
UCELLOL 0107
Control
C(Optiona
l)
MOD
UCELLOL
C(Optiona
l)

Meaning:DL fast TF restriction refers to a situation


where, when the cell is overloaded and congested,
the downlink TF can be adjusted to restrict the
number of blocks transported in each TTI at the
MAC layer and the rate of user data, thus reducing
the cell downlink load. This parameter defines the
downlink OLC fast TF rate recovery coefficient. The
greater this parameter is, the larger the TF restrict
effect.
GUI Value Range:100~200
Actual Value Range:1~2
Unit:%
Default Value:130

RedirBandI BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Service Meaning:Frequency band of the target UL and DL
nd
00
UCELLRE 0120
Steering UARFCNs to which the UE is redirected. It is
DIRECTI
and Load recommended that this parameter is set to
ON(Optio
Sharing in Depending on the configuration of neighboring cells
nal)
RRC
without the consideration of NRNC neighboring
Connectio cells, that is, in the non-overlapped network. This

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-53

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

MOD
UCELLRE
DIRECTI
ON(Optio
nal)

n Setup

helps avoid auto-redirection. Auto-redirection is a


case in which redirection is initiated in the current
cell when the UARFCN to which the UE is
redirected is the same as that of the current cell.
GUI Value Range:Band1, Band2, Band3, Band4,
Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
DependOnNCell, BandIndNotUsed
Actual Value Range:BAND1, BAND2, BAND3,
BAND4, BAND5, BAND6, BAND7, BAND8,
BAND9, DependOnNCell, BANDINDNOTUSED
Unit:None
Default Value:None

RedirFactor BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Inter-RAT Meaning:When the UL load state or DL load state of
OfLDR
00
UCELLDI 0401
Redirectio the serving cell is LDR(basic congestion) or
STANCE
n Based OLC(overload congestion), a UE may be redirected
REDIREC
on
to another cell according to the distance between
TION(Opti
Distance UE and current cell. This parameter specifies the
onal)
possibility of redirecting the UE to another cell.
When this parameter is set to 0, the distance based
MOD
RRC redirection is not performed if the load state on
UCELLDI
the serving cell is LDR or OLC.
STANCE
REDIREC
GUI Value Range:0~100
TION(Opti
Actual Value Range:0~1
onal)
Unit:%
Default Value:50
RedirFactor BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Service Meaning:Possibility of redirecting the UE to another
OfLDR
00
UCELLRE 0120
Steering cell. When the UL load state or DL load state of the
DIRECTI
and Load serving cell is LDR or OLC, a UE may be redirected
ON(Optio
Sharing in to another cell according to the traffic type. When
nal)
RRC
this parameter is set to 0, the RRC redirection is not
Connectio performed if the load state on the serving cell is
MOD
n Setup LDR or OLC.
UCELLRE
DIRECTI
GUI Value Range:0~100
ON(Optio
Actual Value Range:0~100
nal)
Unit:%
Default Value:None
RedirFactor BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Inter-RAT Meaning:When the load of the serving cell is within
OfNorm
00
UCELLDI 0401
Redirectio the normal range, a UE may be redirected to
STANCE
n Based another cell according to the distance between UE

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-54

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

REDIREC
TION(Opti
onal)

on
and current cell. This parameter specifies the
Distance possibility of redirecting the UE to another cell.
When this parameter is set to 0, the RRC
redirection is not performed if the load of the serving
cell is within the normal range.

MOD
UCELLDI
STANCE
REDIREC
TION(Opti
onal)

Description

GUI Value Range:0~100


Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%
Default Value:0

RedirFactor BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Service Meaning:Possibility of redirecting the UE to another
OfNorm
00
UCELLRE 0120
Steering cell. When the load of the serving cell is within the
DIRECTI
and Load normal range, a UE may be redirected to another
ON(Optio
Sharing in cell according to the traffic type. When this
nal)
RRC
parameter is set to 0, the RRC redirection is not
Connectio performed if the load of the serving cell is within the
MOD
n Setup normal range.
UCELLRE
DIRECTI
GUI Value Range:0~100
ON(Optio
Actual Value Range:0~100
nal)
Unit:%
Default Value:None
RedirSwitch BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Inter-RAT Meaning:This parameter specifies whether the
00
UCELLDI 0401
Redirectio distance based RRC redirection algorithm is valid.
STANCE
n Based The algorithm is valid only when the switch is set to
REDIREC
on
ON.
TION(Opti
Distance
GUI Value Range:OFF, ON
onal)
MOD
UCELLDI
STANCE
REDIREC
TION(Opti
onal)

Actual Value Range:OFF, ON


Unit:None
Default Value:OFF

RedirSwitch BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Service Meaning:Whether the RRC redirection algorithm is
00
UCELLRE 0120
Steering valid for the specified service. The algorithm is valid
DIRECTI
and Load only when the RRC direct redirection switch is
ON(Optio
Sharing in enabled and when this parameter is set to
nal)
RRC
ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY or
Connectio ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT.
MOD
n Setup
UCELLRE
- OFF indicates that RRC redirection is not allowed.
DIRECTI
- Only_To_Inter_Frequency indicates that only RRC
ON(Optio
Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-55

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d
nal)

Feature
Name

Description

redirection to inter-frequency cells is allowed.


- Only_To_Inter_Frequency indicates that only RRC
redirection to inter-RAT cells is allowed.
GUI Value Range:OFF,
ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY,
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT
Actual Value Range:OFF,
ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY,
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT
Unit:None
Default Value:None

ReDirUARF BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Service Meaning:Target DL UARFCN for the RRC
CNDownlin 00
UCELLRE 0120
Steering redirection. Different values of "RedirBandInd"
k
DIRECTI
and Load correspond to different value ranges of the
ON(Optio
Sharing in UARFCN.
nal)
RRC
Connectio GUI Value Range:0~16383
MOD
n Setup Actual Value Range:0~16383
UCELLRE
DIRECTI
Unit:None
ON(Optio
Default Value:None
nal)
ReDirUARF BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Service Meaning:Target UL UARFCN for the RRC
CNUplink 00
UCELLRE 0120
Steering redirection. The value range of the UL UARFCN
DIRECTI
and Load depends on the value of "RedirBandInd". The
ON(Optio
Sharing in relation between "RedirBandInd" and the value
nal)
RRC
range of the UL UARFCN is as follows:
Connectio
MOD
BAND1
n Setup
UCELLRE
Common UARFCNs: [9612-9888]
DIRECTI
ON(Optio
Special UARFCNs: none
nal)
BAND2
Common UARFCNs: [9262-9538]
Special UARFCNs: {12, 37, 62, 87, 112, 137, 162,
187, 212, 237, 262, 287}
BAND3
Common UARFCNs: [937-1288]
Special UARFCNs: none
BAND4

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-56

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Common UARFCNs: [1312-1513]


Special UARFCNs: {1662, 1687, 1712, 1737, 1762,
1787, 1812, 1837, 1862}
BAND5
Common UARFCNs: [4132-4233]
Special UARFCNs: {782, 787, 807, 812, 837, 862}
BAND6
Common UARFCNs: [4162-4188]
Special UARFCNs: {812, 837}
BAND7
Common UARFCNs: [2012-2338]
Special UARFCNs: {2362, 2387, 2412, 2437, 2462,
2487, 2512, 2537, 2562, 2587, 2612, 2637, 2662,
2687}
BAND8
Common UARFCNs: [2712-2863]
Special UARFCNs: none
BAND9
Common UARFCNs: [8762-8912]
Special UARFCNs: none
BandIndNotUsed: [0-16383]
Value range: 0-16383
If the UL UARFCN is not manually configured, if
RedirBandInd is set to BAND1, BAND2, BAND3,
BAND4, BAND5, BAND6, BAND7, BAND8, or
BAND9, and if the DL UARFCN is valid, then the
target UL UARFCN of the redirection is
automatically configured according to the following
principles:
If the DL UARFCN is a common UARFCN, the
relation between the UL UARFCN and the DL
UARFCN is as follows:
BAND1: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 950
BAND2: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 400
BAND3: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 225

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-57

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

BAND4: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 225


BAND5: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 225
BAND6: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 225
BAND7: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 225
BAND8: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 225
BAND9: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 475
If the DL UARFCN is a special UARFCN, the
relation between the UL UARFCN and the DL
UARFCN is as follows:
BAND2: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 400
BAND4: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 225
BAND5: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 225
BAND6: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 225
BAND7: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 225
GUI Value Range:0~16383
Actual Value Range:0~16383
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARF BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Service Meaning:Whether the target UL UARFCN to which
CNUplinkIn 00
UCELLRE 0120
Steering the UE is redirected needs to be configured. TRUE
d
DIRECTI
and Load indicates that the UL UARFCN needs to be
ON(Optio
Sharing in configured. FALSE indicates that the UL UARFCN
nal)
RRC
need not be manually configured and it is
Connectio automatically configured according to the relation
MOD
n Setup between the UL and DL UARFCNs.
UCELLRE
DIRECTI
GUI Value Range:FALSE, TRUE
ON(Optio
Actual Value Range:FALSE, TRUE
nal)
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReservedS BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Admission Meaning:NBM algorithm reserved switch 0. The
witch0
00
UNBMPA 0101
Control switch is reserved for further change request use.
RA(Optio
GUI Value Range:RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT1,
nal)
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT4,

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-58

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT32
Actual Value
Range:RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT22,
Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-59

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT32
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReservedS BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Dynamic Meaning:CORRM algorithm reserved switch 1. The
witch1
00
UCORRM 1101
Channel switch is reserved for further change request use.
ALGOSW
Configurat
1) RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT1: When the switch
ITCH(Opti
ion
onal)
Control is set to ON, the RNC instructs the cells involved in
(DCCC) the active set to report cell synchronization
information by using an intra-frequency
measurement control message. When the switch is
set to OFF, the RNC instructs the cells involved in
the active set not to report cell synchronization
information by using an intra-frequency
measurement control message. This avoids the
transmission of too large measurement reports.
2) RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT2: When the switch
is set to ON, the intra-frequency ReadSFNInd of a
cell in system information SIB11/SIB12 is set to the
fixed value READ.
GUI Value Range:RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT19,
Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-60

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT32
Actual Value
Range:RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT32
Unit:None
Default Value:None

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-61

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

RsvdPara1 BSC69 SET


WRFD-02 Admission Meaning:Reserved Parameter1.
00
UCACAL 0101
Control
GUI Value Range:RSVDBIT1(Reserved Switch 1),
GOSWIT
RSVDBIT2(Reserved Switch 2),
CH(Optio
RSVDBIT3(Reserved Switch 3),
nal)
RSVDBIT4(Reserved Switch 4),
RSVDBIT5(Reserved Switch 5),
RSVDBIT6(Reserved Switch 6),
RSVDBIT7(Reserved Switch 7),
RSVDBIT8(Reserved Switch 8),
RSVDBIT9(Reserved Switch 9),
RSVDBIT10(Reserved Switch 10),
RSVDBIT11(Reserved Switch 11),
RSVDBIT12(Reserved Switch 12),
RSVDBIT13(Reserved Switch 13),
RSVDBIT14(Reserved Switch 14),
RSVDBIT15(Reserved Switch 15),
RSVDBIT16(Reserved Switch 16)
Actual Value Range:RSVDBIT1, RSVDBIT2,
RSVDBIT3, RSVDBIT4,
RSVDBIT5, RSVDBIT6, RSVDBIT7,
RSVDBIT8, RSVDBIT9, RSVDBIT10,
RSVDBIT11, RSVDBIT12, RSVDBIT13,
RSVDBIT14, RSVDBIT15,
RSVDBIT16
Unit:None
Default Value:None
None
RTWPHeav BSC69 ADD
yThd
00
UCELLUL
B(Optiona
l)

None

MOD
UCELLUL
B(Optiona
l)

Meaning:RTWP heavy threshold for the load


balancing algorithm based on Received Total
Wideband Power (RTWP). If power in a cell
exceeds the threshold, CPICH power in the cell will
be decreased.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%
Default Value:95

None
RTWPLight BSC69 ADD
Thd
00
UCELLUL
B(Optiona
l)

None

Meaning:RTWP light threshold for the load


balancing algorithm based on RTWP. If power in a
cell is less than the threshold, CPICH power in the
cell will be increased.

MOD

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-62

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

UCELLUL
B(Optiona
l)

Description

GUI Value Range:0~100


Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%
Default Value:85

SeqOfUser BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Overload Meaning:This parameter indicates whether the
Rel
00
UCELLOL 0107
Control MBMS service is released first or user first when the
C(Optiona
overload occurs.
l)
GUI Value Range:MBMS_REL(MBMS service),
USER_REL(UE)
Actual Value Range:MBMS_REL, USER_REL
Unit:None
Default Value:MBMS_REL
SpucHeavy BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Potential Meaning:It is used to decide whether the cell load
00
UCELLPU 0105
User
level is "Heavy" or not. It is denoted by the ratio of
C(Optiona
Control NodeB TX power to the maximum TX power.
l)
If the load of a cell is equal to or higher than this
MOD
threshold, the load level of this cell is heavy.
UCELLPU
If the load level of a cell is heavy, the PUC algorithm
C(Optiona
will configure selection/reselection parameters for
l)
this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to
reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell
with light load.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%
Default Value:70
SpucHyst

BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Potential
00
UCELLPU 0105
User
C(Optiona
Control
l)
MOD
UCELLPU
C(Optiona
l)

Meaning:Hysteresis used to determine the cell load


level. It is denoted by the ratio of NodeB TX power
to the maximum TX power. It is used to avoid the
unnecessary ping-pong effect of a cell between two
load levels due to tiny load change. For detailed
information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS
25.304.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-63

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Default Value:5
SpucLight

BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Potential Meaning:It is used to decide whether the cell load
00
UCELLPU 0105
User
level is "Light" or not. It is denoted by the ratio of
C(Optiona
Control NodeB TX power to the maximum TX power.
l)
If the load of a cell is equal to or lower than this
MOD
threshold, the load level of this cell is light.
UCELLPU
If the load level of a cell is light, the PUC algorithm
C(Optiona
will configure selection/reselection parameters for
l)
this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather
than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell
with heavy load.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%
Default Value:45

TargetFreq BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Inter
Meaning:Estimate the signal quality of the periodic
ThdEcN0 00
UCELLM 0302
Frequenc reports. The inter-frequency handover is triggered
CLDR(Op
y Hard
only when the signal quality of the target cell is
tional)
Handover higher than this parameter. Note: The threshold can
Based on be reached only when RSCP and EcNo of the
MOD
Coverage target cell are above the RSCP and EcNo that are
UCELLM
set in the command.
CLDR(Op
tional)
GUI Value Range:-24~0
Actual Value Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Default Value:-12
TargetFreq BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Inter
Meaning:Estimate the signal quality of the periodic
ThdRscp 00
UCELLM 0302
Frequenc reports. The inter-frequency handover is triggered
CLDR(Op
y Hard
only when the signal quality of the target cell is
tional)
Handover higher than this parameter. Note: The threshold can
Based on be reached only when RSCP and EcNo of the
MOD
Coverage target cell are above the RSCP and EcNo that are
UCELLM
set in the command.
CLDR(Op
tional)
GUI Value Range:-115~-25
Actual Value Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Default Value:-92

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-64

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

TenMsecFo BSC69 SET


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:DL basic common measurement report
rDlBasicMe 00
ULDM(Ma 0102
Measure cycle. For detailed information of this parameter,
as
ndatory)
ment
refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:1~6000
Actual Value Range:10~60000
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
TenMsecFo BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:This parameter specifies the HSDPA bit
rHsdpaPrvi 00
ULDM(Ma 0102
Measure rate measurement report period. For detailed
dRateMeas
ndatory)
ment
information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS
25.433.
GUI Value Range:1~6000
Actual Value Range:10~60000
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
TenMsecFo BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:HSDPA power requirement measurement
rHsdpaPwr 00
ULDM(Ma 0102
Measure report period For detailed information of this
Meas
ndatory)
ment
parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:1~6000
Actual Value Range:10~60000
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
TenMsecFo BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:This parameter specifies the HSUPA bit
rHsupaPrvi 00
ULDM(Ma 0102
Measure rate measurement report period. For detailed
dRateMeas
ndatory)
ment
information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS
25.433.
GUI Value Range:1~6000
Actual Value Range:10~60000
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
TenMsecFo BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:UL basic common measurement report
rUlBasicMe 00
ULDM(Ma 0102
Measure cycle. For detailed information of this parameter,
as
ndatory)
ment
refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-65

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

GUI Value Range:1~6000


Actual Value Range:10~60000
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
TransCchU BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Overload Meaning:Transfer Common Channel User number
serNum
00
UCELLOL 0107
Control
Value range: 0~10
C(Optiona
l)
Content: When the system is overloaded and
congested, users on the DCH can be reconfigured
MOD
to the CCH in order to reduce the cell load and
UCELLOL
recover the system.
C(Optiona
l)

The mechanism of the OLC is that an action is


performed in each [OLC period] and some services
are selected based on the action rules to perform
this action. This parameter defines the maximum
number of users selected in executing
reconfiguration to the CCH.
If the parameter value is too high, the OLC action
may fluctuate greatly and over control may occur
(the state of overload and congestion turns into
another extreme--under load). If the parameter
value is too low, the OLC action has a slow
response and the effect is not apparent, affecting
the OLC performance.
GUI Value Range:0~10
Actual Value Range:0~10
Unit:None
Default Value:1

UlBasicCo BSC69 SET


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:L3 filtering coefficient. The larger the value
mmMeasFil 00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure of this parameter, the stronger the smoothing effect
terCoeff
tional)
ment
and the higher the anti-slow-fading capability, but
the lower the signal change tracing capability. For
detailed information of this parameter, refer to
3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7,
D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Actual Value Range:D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6,
D7, D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit:None

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-66

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Default Value:D6
None
UlbAvgFilte BSC69 SET
rLen
00
ULDM(Op
tional)

None

Meaning:Filter length used for calculating RTWP


GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:32

UlBeTraffIni BSC69 SET


WRFD-02 Dynamic Meaning:UL initial access rate of PS background or
tBitrate
00
UFRC(Op 1101
Channel interactive service. When DCCC function is
tional)
Configurat enabled, the uplink initial access rate will be set to
ion
this value if the uplink maximum rate is higher than
Control the initial access rate. A higher value indicates that
(DCCC) it takes shorter time for BE services to reach the
maximum rate. Note that the rate will be decreased
through negotiation when congestion occurs. A
smaller value indicates that BE services is easier to
be accessed. It is not recommended to set a too
small value, because it will take longer time for BE
services to adjust to a higher rate when needed.
GUI Value Range:D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144,
D256, D384
Actual Value Range:8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256,
384
Unit:kbit/s
Default Value:D64
UlCacAvgFi BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of uplink
lterLen
00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure CAC.
tional)
ment
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:5
UlCSInterR BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Number of users selected in a UL LDR CS
atShouldBe 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin domain inter-RAT SHOULDBE load handover. The
HOUeNum
R(Optiona
g
target subscribers of this parameter are the CS
l)
domain subscribers. Because the CS domain
subscribers are session subscribers in general and
MOD
they have little impact on load, you can set this
UCELLLD
parameter to a comparatively high value.
R(Optiona

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-67

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d
l)

Feature
Name

Description

GUI Value Range:1~10


Actual Value Range:1~10
Unit:None
Default Value:3

UlCSInterR BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Number of users selected in a UL LDR CS
atShouldNo 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin domain inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load handover.
tHOUeNum
R(Optiona
g
The target subscribers of this parameter are the CS
l)
domain subscribers. Because the CS domain
subscribers are session subscribers in general and
MOD
they have little impact on load, you can set this
UCELLLD
parameter to a comparatively high value.
R(Optiona
l)
GUI Value Range:1~10
Actual Value Range:1~10
Unit:None
Default Value:3
UlDcccRate BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Dynamic Meaning:For a BE service that has a low maximum
Thd
00
UDCCC( 1101
Channel rate, the DCCC algorithm is not obviously effective
Optional)
Configurat yet it increases algorithm processing. Thus, the
ion
traffic-based DCCC algorithm is applied to BE
Control services whose maximum UL rate is greater than
(DCCC) the threshold.
GUI Value Range:D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144,
D256, D384
Actual Value Range:8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256,
384
Unit:kbit/s
Default Value:D64
UlInterFreq BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:The UE can be selected to process load
HoBWThd 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin handover only when its bandwidth is less than this
R(Optiona
g
threshold.
l)
GUI Value Range:0~400000
MOD
Actual Value Range:0~400000
UCELLLD
R(Optiona
Unit:bit/s
l)
Default Value:200000
UlInterFreq BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:The inter-frequency neighboring cell could
HoCellLoad
UCELLLD
Reshufflin be selected as the destination of load handover

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-68

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

9 Parameters

Parameter NE
ID

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

SpaceThd 00

R(Optiona 0106
l)

only when its load remaining space is larger than


this threshold. The lower the parameter is, the
easier it is to find a qualified target cell for the blind
handover. Excessively small value of the parameter,
however makes the target cell easily enter the
congestion status. The higher the parameter is, the
more difficult it is for the inter-frequency blind
handover occurs.

MOD
UCELLLD
R(Optiona
l)

GUI Value Range:0~100


Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%
Default Value:20
UlLdrAMRR BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:The mechanism of the LDR is that an
ateReductio 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin action is performed in each [LDR period] and some
nRabNum
R(Optiona
g
services are selected based on the action rules to
l)
perform this action. This parameter defines the
maximum number of RABs selected in executing
MOD
uplink LDR-AMR voice service rate reduction. If the
UCELLLD
parameter value is too high, the LDR action may
R(Optiona
fluctuate greatly and over control may occur (the
l)
state of basic congestion turns into another
extreme--under load). If the parameter value is too
low, the LDR action has a slow response and the
effect is not apparent, affecting the LDR
performance.
GUI Value Range:1~10
Actual Value Range:1~10
Unit:None
Default Value:1
UlLdrAvgFil BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of uplink
terLen
00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure LDR.
tional)
ment
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:5
UlLdrBERat BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR BE
eReduction 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin traffic rate reduction. In the actual system, this
RabNum
R(Optiona
g
parameter can be set on the basis of the actual
l)
circumstances. If the high-rate subscribers occupy

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-69

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d
MOD
UCELLLD
R(Optiona
l)

Feature
Name

Description

a high proportion, set the parameter to a


comparatively low value. If the high-rate subscribers
occupy a low proportion, set the parameter to a
comparatively high value. Because the basic
congestion control algorithm is designed to slowly
decrease cell load, you need to set this parameter
to a comparatively low value.
GUI Value Range:1~10
Actual Value Range:1~10
Unit:None
Default Value:1

UlLdrCredit BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Reserved SF threshold in uplink credit
SfResThd 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin LDR. The uplink credit LDR could be triggered only
R(Optiona
g
when the SF factor corresponding to the uplink
l)
reserved credit is higher than the uplink or downlink
credit SF reserved threshold.
MOD
UCELLLD
GUI Value Range:SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8),
R(Optiona
SF16(SF16), SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64),
l)
SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Actual Value Range:SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256
Unit:None
Default Value:SF8
UlLdrCredit BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Threshold of SF reserved in uplink credit
SfResThd 00
UNODEB 0106
Reshufflin LDR. The uplink credit LDR is triggered when the
LDR(Opti
g
SF factor corresponding to the uplink reserved
onal)
credit is higher than the uplink or downlink credit SF
reserved threshold. The lower the parameter value
MOD
is, the easier the credit enters the congestion
UNODEB
status, the easier the LDR action is triggered, and
LDR(Opti
the easier the user experience is affected. A lower
onal)
code resource LDR trigger threshold, however,
causes a higher admission success rate because
the resource is reserved. The parameter should be
set based on the operator's requirement.
GUI Value Range:SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8),
SF16(SF16), SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64),
SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Actual Value Range:SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256
Unit:None

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-70

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Default Value:SF8
UlLdrPsRT BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR
QosReneg 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin uncontrolled real-time traffic QoS renegotiation. The
RabNum
R(Optiona
g
target subscribers of this parameter are the PS
l)
domain real-time subscribers. The setting of this
parameter is analogous to the setting of BE service
MOD
rate reduction subscriber number. Because the
UCELLLD
number of subscribers performing QoS
R(Optiona
renegotiation may be smaller than the value of this
l)
parameter, for example, the candidate subscribers
selected for downlink LDR do not meet the QoS
renegotiation conditions, you must leave some
margin when setting this parameter to ensure the
success of load reshuffling.
GUI Value Range:1~10
Actual Value Range:1~10
Unit:None
Default Value:1
UlLdrRelTh BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:If the ratio of UL load of the cell to the
d
00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin uplink capacity is lower than this threshold, the UL
M(Option
g
load reshuffling function of the cell is stopped. After
al)
the basic congestion state of the cell load is
released, the system no longer implements the LDR
MOD
action. Because the load fluctuates, the difference
UCELLLD
between the LDR release threshold and trigger
M(Option
threshold should be higher than 10%. The
al)
ping-pong effect of the preliminary congestion state
may occur.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%
Default Value:45
UlLdrTrigTh BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:If the ratio of UL load of the cell to the
d
00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin uplink capacity is not lower than this threshold, the
M(Option
g
UL load reshuffling function of the cell is triggered.
al)
After the basic congestion state of the cell load is
released, the system no longer implements the LDR
MOD
action. Because the load fluctuates, the difference
UCELLLD
between the LDR release threshold and trigger
M(Option
threshold should be higher than 10%. The
al)
ping-pong effect of the preliminary congestion state

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-71

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

may occur.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%
Default Value:55
UlOlcAvgFil BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of uplink
terLen
00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure OLC.
tional)
ment
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:5
UlOlcFTFR BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Overload
strctRabNu 00
UCELLOL 0107
Control
m
C(Optiona
l)
MOD
UCELLOL
C(Optiona
l)

Meaning:UL fast TF restriction refers to a situation


where, when the cell is overloaded and congested,
the uplink TF can be adjusted to restrict the number
of blocks transported in each TTI at the MAC layer
and the rate of user data, thus reducing the cell
uplink load.
The mechanism of the OLC is that an action is
performed in each [OLC period] and some services
are selected based on the action rules to perform
this action. This parameter defines the maximum
number of RABs selected in executing uplink OLC
fast restriction.
Selection of RABs of the OLC is based on the
service priorities and ARP values and bearing
priority indication. The RAB of low priority is under
control. In the actual system,
UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum and
DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum can be set on the basis of
the actual circumstances. If the high-rate
subscribers occupy a high proportion, set
UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum and
DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum to comparatively low
values. If the high-rate subscribers occupy a low
proportion, set UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum and
DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum to comparatively high
values.
The higher the parameters are, the more users are
involved in fast TF restriction under the same
conditions, the quicker the cell load decreases, and
the more user QoS is affected.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-72

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

GUI Value Range:1~10


Actual Value Range:1~10
Unit:None
Default Value:3
UlOlcFTFR BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Overload
strctTimes 00
UCELLOL 0107
Control
C(Optiona
l)
MOD
UCELLOL
C(Optiona
l)

Meaning:UL fast TF restriction refers to a situation


where, when the cell is overloaded and congested,
the uplink TF can be adjusted to restrict the number
of blocks transported in each TTI at the MAC layer
and the rate of user data, thus reducing the cell
uplink load.
The mechanism of the OLC is that an action is
performed in each [OLC period] and some services
are selected based on the action rules to perform
this action. This parameter defines the maximum
number of uplink OLC fast TF restriction performed
in entering/exiting the OLC status.
After the overload is triggered, the RNC
immediately executes OLC by first executing fast
TF restriction. The internal counter is incremented
by 1 with each execution. If the number of
overloads does not exceed the OLC action
threshold, the system lowers the BE service rate by
lowering TF to relieve the overload. If the number of
overloads exceeds the OLC action threshold, the
previous operation has no obvious effect on
alleviating the overload and the system has to
release users to solve the overload problem.
The lower the parameters are, the more likely the
users are released, resulting in negative effect on
the system performance. If the parameters are
excessively high, the overload status is released
slowly.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:None
Default Value:3

UlOlcMeas BSC69 SET


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:L3 filtering coefficient. The larger the value
FilterCoeff 00
ULDM(Op 0102
Measure of this parameter, the stronger the smoothing effect
tional)
ment
and the higher the anti-slow-fading capability, but
the lower the signal change tracing capability. For
detailed information of this parameter, refer to

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-73

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7,
D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Actual Value Range:D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6,
D7, D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit:None
Default Value:D3
UlOlcRelTh BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Overload
d
00
UCELLLD 0107
Control
M(Option
al)
MOD
UCELLLD
M(Option
al)

Meaning:If the ratio of UL load of the cell to the


uplink capacity is lower than this threshold, the UL
overload and congestion control function of the cell
is stopped. The value of the OLC release threshold
should not be much lower than or close to the OLC
trigger threshold, or the system state may have a
ping-pong effect. The recommended difference
between the OLC release threshold and the OLC
trigger threshold is higher than 10%. It is desirable
to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the
difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC
release threshold is fixed.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%
Default Value:85

UlOlcTraffR BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Overload Meaning:User release is an extreme method in
elRabNum 00
UCELLOL 0107
Control reducing the cell load and recovering the system
C(Optiona
when the cell is overloaded and congested.
l)
The mechanism of the OLC is that an action is
MOD
performed in each [OLC period] and some services
UCELLOL
are selected based on the action rules to perform
C(Optiona
this action. This parameter defines the maximum
l)
number of RABs released in executing uplink OLC
service release.
For the users of a single service, the releasing of
RABs means the complete releasing of the users.
The releasing of RABs causes call drops, so
UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes or DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes
should be set to a low value. Higher values of the
parameter get the cell load to decrease more
obviously, but the QoS will be affected.
GUI Value Range:0~10

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-74

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Actual Value Range:0~10


Unit:None
Default Value:0
UlOlcTrigTh BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Overload
d
00
UCELLLD 0107
Control
M(Option
al)
MOD
UCELLLD
M(Option
al)

Meaning:If the ratio of UL load of the cell to the


uplink capacity is not lower than this threshold, the
UL overload and congestion control function of the
cell is triggered. The value of the OLC release
threshold should not be much lower than or close to
the OLC trigger threshold, or the system state may
have a ping-pong effect. The recommended
difference between the OLC release threshold and
the OLC trigger threshold is higher than 10%. It is
desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher
given that the difference between OLC trigger
threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%
Default Value:95

UlPSInterR BSC69 ADD


WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Number of users selected in a UL LDR PS
atShouldBe 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin domain inter-RAT SHOULDBE load handover. The
HOUeNum
R(Optiona
g
target subscribers of this parameter are the PS
l)
domain subscribers. In the actual system, this
parameter can be set on the basis of the actual
MOD
circumstances. If the high-rate subscribers occupy
UCELLLD
a high proportion, set the parameter to a
R(Optiona
comparatively low value. If the high-rate subscribers
l)
occupy a low proportion, set the parameter to a
comparatively high value. Because the basic
congestion control algorithm is designed to slowly
decrease cell load, you need to set this parameter
to a comparatively low value.
GUI Value Range:1~10
Actual Value Range:1~10
Unit:None
Default Value:1
UlPSInterR BSC69 ADD
WRFD-02 Load
Meaning:Number of users selected in a UL LDR PS
atShouldNo 00
UCELLLD 0106
Reshufflin domain inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load handover.
tHOUeNum
R(Optiona
g
The target subscribers of this parameter are the PS
l)
domain subscribers. In the actual system, this
parameter can be set on the basis of the actual
Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-75

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d
MOD
UCELLLD
R(Optiona
l)

Feature
Name

Description

circumstances. If the high-rate subscribers occupy


a high proportion, set the parameter to a
comparatively low value. If the high-rate subscribers
occupy a low proportion, set the parameter to a
comparatively high value. Because the basic
congestion control algorithm is designed to slowly
decrease cell load, you need to set this parameter
to a comparatively low value.
GUI Value Range:1~10
Actual Value Range:1~10
Unit:None
Default Value:1

UlQosAmrA BSC69 SET


WRFD-02 AMR/WB- Meaning:Rate adjustment switch of link stability
djSwitch
00
UQOSAC 0701
AMR
control for UL QoS of AMR services. When the
T(Optiona
Speech parameter is set to YES, UL rate of AMR services
WRFD-02 Rates
l)
can be adjusted.
0309
Control
GUI Value Range:NO, YES
Inter-RAT
Handover Actual Value Range:NO, YES
Based on Unit:None
DL QoS
Default Value:NO
UlQosWAm BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 AMR/WB- Meaning:Rate adjustment switch of link stability
rAdjSwitch 00
UQOSAC 0701
AMR
control for UL QoS of WAMR services. When the
T(Optiona
Speech parameter is set to YES, UL rate of WAMR services
WRFD-02 Rates
l)
can be adjusted.
0309
Control
GUI Value Range:NO, YES
Inter-RAT
Handover Actual Value Range:NO, YES
Based on Unit:None
DL QoS
Default Value:NO
ZeroRateU BSC69 SET
WRFD-02 Dynamic Meaning:For the PS BE service at a rate of 0 kbit/s,
pFailToRelT 00
UCOIFTI 1101
Channel this parameter is used for the rate upsizing for
imerLen
MER(Opti
Configurat DCCC triggered by event 4A. Unsuccessful rate
onal)
ion
upsizing indicates that the resources are insufficient
Control in the cell. The service may run at a rate of 0 kbit/s
(DCCC) for a long time. If the timer is started, the 0 kbit/s
service of the UE is released after the timer expires.
If the length is set to 0, the timer is not started.
GUI Value Range:0~65535

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-76

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Parameter NE
ID

9 Parameters

MML
Feature
Comman ID
d

Feature
Name

Description

Actual Value Range:0~65535


Unit:s
Default Value:180

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-77

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

10 Counters

10 Counters
Table 10-1 Counter description
Counter ID Counter Name

Counter Description NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

67179848 VS.RAB.AttRelCS. Number of CS RAB BSC69 WRFD-010505 Queuing and


Preempt
Release Requests for 00
Pre-Emption
WRFD-010510
Cell (RAB Preempted)
3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
RRC Connection and
Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
67179953 VS.RAB.AttRelPS. Number of PS RAB BSC69 WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
RABPreempt
Release Requests for 00
RRC Connection and
WRFD-010505 Radio Access Bearer
Cell (RAB Preempted)
Establishment and
Release
Queuing and
Pre-Emption
67180069 VS.RAB.AbnormR Number of CS RAB BSC69 WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
el.CS.Preempt
Release Attempts for 00
RRC Connection and
WRFD-010505 Radio Access Bearer
Cell (RAB
Preemption)
Establishment and
Release
Queuing and
Pre-Emption
67180076 VS.RAB.AbnormR Number of PS RAB
el.PS.Preempt
Abnormal Released
Due to RAB
Preemption for Cell

BSC69 WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps


00
RRC Connection and
WRFD-010505 Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
Queuing and
Pre-Emption

67180549 VS.HHO.AttInterCe Number of Outgoing BSC69 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load


llLB.SingleRL
Inter-Frequency Hard 00
Balance
Handover Attempts
Due to Load Balancing
for Cell (Single RL)
67180550 VS.HHO.SuccInter Number of Successful BSC69 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load
CellLB.SingleRL Outgoing
00
Balance
Inter-Frequency Hard
Handovers Due to
Load Balancing for

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-1

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

Cell (Single RL)


67183900 VS.HHO.AttInterFr Number of Outgoing BSC69 WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard
eqOut
Inter-Frequency Hard 00
Handover Based on
WRFD-020304 Coverage
Handover Attempts for
Cell
WRFD-020106 Inter Frequency Hard
Handover Based on DL
QoS
Load Reshuffling
67183901 VS.HHO.SuccInter Number of Successful BSC69 WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard
FreqOut
Outgoing
00
Handover Based on
WRFD-020304 Coverage
Inter-Frequency Hard
Handovers for Cell
WRFD-020106 Inter Frequency Hard
Handover Based on DL
QoS
Load Reshuffling
67189852 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.N Number of UL
BSC69 WRFD-020107 Overload Control
um
Overload Congestions 00
for Cell
67189853 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.N Number of DL
BSC69 WRFD-020107 Overload Control
um
Overload Congestions 00
for Cell
67189856 VS.PUC.High.Offs Number of Qoffset
BSC69 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control
et.Updt
Updates Due to Heavy 00
Load for Cell
67189857 VS.PUC.Light.Offs Number of Qoffset
BSC69 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control
et.Updt
Updates Due to Light 00
Load for Cell
67189858 VS.PUC.Norm.Offs Number of Qoffset
BSC69 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control
et.Updt
Updates Due to
00
Normal Load for Cell
67190073 VS.RRC.AttConnR Number of RRC
BSC69 WRFD-010505 Queuing and
el.Preempt.RNC Connection Releases 00
Pre-Emption
WRFD-010510
due to Preemption for
3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
RNC
RRC Connection and
Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-2

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

67190183 VS.IU.RelReqPS.P Number of IU


BSC69 WRFD-010505 Queuing and
reempt
RELEASE REQUEST 00
Pre-Emption
WRFD-010510
Messages Sent by
3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
RNC to CN in PS
RRC Connection and
Domain (RAB
Radio Access Bearer
Preempted)
Establishment and
Release
67190435 VS.LCC.LDR.Inter Number of UEs
BSC69 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load
Freq
Performing
00
Balance
Inter-Frequency Load
Handovers in Basic
Congestion for Cell
67190436 VS.LCC.LDR.UL.B Number of UEs
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
ERateDown
Performing BE
00
Service Downsizing in
UL Basic Congestion
67190437 VS.LCC.LDR.DL.B Number of UEs
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
ERateDown
Performing BE
00
Service Downsizing in
DL Basic Congestion
67190438 VS.LCC.LDR.UL.Q Number of UEs
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
osReNego
Performing
00
Uncontrollable
Real-Time Service
QoS Renegotiation in
UL Basic Congestion
for Cell
67190439 VS.LCC.LDR.DL.Q Number of UEs
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
osReNego
Performing
00
Uncontrollable
Real-Time Service
QoS Renegotiation in
DL Basic Congestion
for Cell
67190442 VS.PUC.Light.IntSr Number of
BSC69 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control
ch.Updt
Sintersearch Updates 00
Due to Light Load for
Cell
67190443 VS.PUC.Norm.IntS Number of
BSC69 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control
rch.Updt
Sintersearch Updates 00
Due to Normal Load
for Cell

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-3

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

67190444 VS.PUC.High.IntSr Number of


BSC69 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control
ch.Updt
Sintersearch Updates 00
Due to Heavy Load for
Cell
67190840 VS.RAB.AbnormR Number of PS Domain BSC69 WRFD-020107 Overload Control
el.PS.OLC
RABs Released Due 00
to Congestion for Cell
67190841 VS.RAB.AbnormR Number of CS Domain BSC69 WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
el.CS.OLC
RABs Released Due 00
RRC Connection and
WRFD-020107 Radio Access Bearer
to Congestion for Cell
Establishment and
Release
Overload Control
67190846 VS.CellBreath.CPI Number of Upward
BSC69 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load
CHUp
CPICH Power
00
Balance
Adjustments Due to
Cell Breathing for Cell
67190847 VS.CellBreath.CPI Number of Downward BSC69 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load
CHDown
CPICH Power
00
Balance
Adjustments Due to
Cell Breathing for Cell
67191150

VS.LCC.OLC.HSD Number of HSDPA


BSC69 WRFD-020107 Overload Control
PA.UserRel
UEs Released Due to 00
Overload Congestion
for Cell

67191151

VS.LCC.LDR.HSD Number of HSDPA


BSC69 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load
PA.InterFreq
UEs Performing
00
Balance
Inter-Frequency Load
Handovers in Basic
Congestion for Cell

67191657 VS.RAB.SFOccupy Maximum Number of BSC69 WRFD-020108 Code Resource


.MAX
SFs that Have Been 00
Management
Occupied (Let the SFs
that Have Been
Occupied a Unitary SF
of 256) for Cell
67192134 VS.IUB.UL.Cong.N Number of Iub UL
um
Congestions

BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling


00

67192135 VS.IUB.DL.Cong.N Number of Iub DL

BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-4

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Counter ID Counter Name


um

10 Counters

Counter Description NE
Congestions

Feature ID

Feature Name

00

67192397 VS.LCC.LDR.Code Number of UEs


BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
Adj.Att
Performing Code
00
Adjustment Attempts
in DL Basic
Congestion for Cell
67192398 VS.LCC.LDR.Mbm Number of MBMS
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
sPowerDec
Services Performing 00
Power Decreasing in
Basic Congestion for
Cell
67192426 VS.LCC.LDR.AMR Number of UEs
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
RateUL
Performing AMR Rate 00
Decrease in UL Basic
Congestion for Cell
67192427 VS.LCC.LDR.AMR Number of UEs
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
RateDL
Performing AMR Rate 00
Decrease in DL Basic
Congestion for Cell
67192549 VS.LCC.OLC.D2C Number of UEs
BSC69 WRFD-020107 Overload Control
Transferring BE
00
Service to Common
Channel in Overload
Congestion for Cell
67192637 VS.LCC.LDR.Num. Number of Times a
ULPower
Cell Is in LDR State
Due to UL Power
Congestion for Cell

BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling


00

67192638 VS.LCC.LDR.Num. Number of Times a


DLPower
Cell Is in LDR State
Due to DL Power
Congestion for Cell

BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling


00

67192639 VS.LCC.LDR.Num. Number of Times a


BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
DLCode
Cell Is in LDR State 00
Due to DL Code
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192640 VS.LCC.LDR.Num. Number of Times a
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
ULCE
Cell Is in LDR State 00
Due to UL CE
Resource Congestion

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-5

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

for Cell
67192641 VS.LCC.LDR.Num. Number of Times a
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
DLCE
Cell Is in LDR State 00
Due to DL CE
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192642 VS.LCC.LDR.Num. Number of Times a
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
ULIub
Cell Is in LDR State 00
Due to UL Iub
Transmission
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192643 VS.LCC.LDR.Num. Number of Times a
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
DLIub
Cell Is in LDR State 00
Due to DL Iub
Transmission
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192644 VS.LCC.LDR.HSU Number of HSUPA
BSC69 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load
PA.InterFreq
UEs Performing
00
Balance
Inter-Frequency Load
Handovers in Basic
Congestion for Cell
67192646 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.T Number of UEs
BSC69 WRFD-020107 Overload Control
F
Performing BE
00
Service TF Control in
UL Overload
Congestion for Cell
67192647 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.U Number of UEs
BSC69 WRFD-020107 Overload Control
serRel
Released Due to UL 00
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67192648 VS.LCC.OLC.HSU Number of HSUPA
BSC69 WRFD-020107 Overload Control
PA.UserRel
UEs Released during 00
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67192649 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.T Number of UEs
BSC69 WRFD-020107 Overload Control
F
Performing BE
00
Service TF Control in
DL Overload
Congestion for Cell

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-6

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

67192650 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.U Number of UEs


BSC69 WRFD-020107 Overload Control
serRel
Released Due to DL 00
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67192937 VS.RAC.NewCallR Number of
BSC69 WRFD-010505 Queuing and
eq.Preempt.Cong Preemptions During 00
Pre-Emption
RAB Establishment for
Cell
67192938 VS.RAC.HHO.Pree Number of
mpt.Cong
Preemptions During
HHO for Cell

BSC69 WRFD-010505 Queuing and


00
Pre-Emption

67192975 VS.RAB.RelReqPS Number of HSDPA


BSC69 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction
.BE.HSDPA.Cong. RABs Carrying
00
Package
WRFD-020107
Golden
Golden Users BE
Overload Control
Traffic Released Due
to Congestion for Cell
67192976 VS.RAB.RelReqPS Number of HSDPA
BSC69 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction
.BE.HSDPA.Cong. RABs Carrying Silver 00
Package
WRFD-020107
Silver
Users BE Traffic
Overload Control
Released Due to
Congestion for Cell
67192977 VS.RAB.RelReqPS Number of HSDPA
BSC69 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction
.BE.HSDPA.Cong. RABs Carrying
00
Package
WRFD-020107
Copper
Copper Users BE
Overload Control
Traffic Released Due
to Congestion for Cell
67192978 VS.RAB.RelReqPS Number of HSUAP
BSC69 WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction
.BE.HSUPA.Cong. RABs Carrying
00
Package
WRFD-020107
Golden
Golden Users BE
Overload Control
Traffic Released Due
to Congestion for Cell
67192979 VS.RAB.RelReqPS Number of HSUPA
BSC69 WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction
.BE.HSUPA.Cong. RABs Carrying Silver 00
Package
WRFD-020107
Silver
Users BE Traffic
Overload Control
Released Due to
Congestion for Cell
67192980 VS.RAB.RelReqPS Number of HSUAP
BSC69 WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction
.BE.HSUPA.Cong. RABs Carrying
00
Package
WRFD-020107
Copper
Copper Users BE
Overload Control
Traffic Released Due
to Congestion for Cell

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-7

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

67193409 VS.LCC.LDR.Code Number of UEs


BSC69 WRFD-020108 Code Resource
Adj.Succ
Performing Successful 00
Management
Code Adjustment in
DL Basic Congestion
for Cell
67193410 VS.LCC.HSDPA.C Number of UEs
BSC69 WRFD-010610
odeAdj.Succ
Performing Successful 00
WRFD-020108
Code Adjustment
Based on HSDPA for
Cell

HSDPA Introduction
Package
Code Resource
Management

67193709 VS.HHO.AttInterCe Number of Outgoing BSC69 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load


llLB.MultiRL
Inter-Frequency Hard 00
Balance
Handover Attempts
Due to Load Balancing
for Cell (Multiple RLs)
67193710 VS.HHO.SuccInter Number of Successful BSC69 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load
CellLB.MultiRL
Outgoing
00
Balance
Inter-Frequency Hard
Handovers Due to
Load Balancing for
Cell (Multiple RLs)
67194970 VS.LCC.OLC.MBM Number of MBMS
BSC69 WRFD-020107 Overload Control
S.PTM.RBRel
PTM Service
00
Releases in Overload
Congestion for Cell
67194971 VS.LCC.OLC.MBM Number of MBMS
BSC69 WRFD-020107 Overload Control
S.PTP.RBRel
PTP Service Releases 00
in Overload
Congestion for Cell
67195992 VS.LCC.HSDPA.C Number of UEs
BSC69 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction
odeAdj.Att
Performing Code
00
Package
WRFD-020107
Adjustment Based on
Overload Control
HSDPA for Cell
67196293 VS.DRD.IFREQ.C Number of CS Voice BSC69 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load
S.MBDR.RBSetup. Directed Retry
00
Balance
WRFD-020402
AttOut
Attempts Based on
Measurement Based
Inter-Frequency
Direct Retry
Measurement for Cell
67196294 VS.DRD.IFREQ.C Number of Successful BSC69 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load
S.MBDR.RBSetup. CS Voice Directed
00
Balance
WRFD-020402
SuccOut
Retry Based on
Measurement Based
Inter-Frequency
Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-8

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description NE

Feature ID

Measurement for Cell

Feature Name
Direct Retry

67196295 VS.DRD.IFREQ.P Number of PS R99


BSC69 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load
S.MBDR.R99.RBS Directed Retry
00
Balance
WRFD-020402
etup.AttOut
Attempts Based on
Measurement Based
Inter-Frequency
Direct Retry
Measurement for Cell
67196296 VS.DRD.IFREQ.P Number of Successful BSC69 WRFD-020103
S.MBDR.R99.RBS PS R99 Directed Retry 00
WRFD-020402
etup.SuccOut
Based on
Inter-Frequency
Measurement for Cell

Inter Frequency Load


Balance

67196297 VS.DRD.IFREQ.P Number of HSDPA PS BSC69 WRFD-020103


S.MBDR.HResCon Directed Retry
00
WRFD-020402
g.RBSetup.AttOut Attempts Based on
Inter-Frequency
Measurement for Cell

Inter Frequency Load


Balance

Measurement Based
Direct Retry

Measurement Based
Direct Retry

67196298 VS.DRD.IFREQ.P Number of Successful BSC69 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load


S.MBDR.HResCon HSDPA PS Directed 00
Balance
WRFD-020402
g.RBSetup.SuccOu Retry Based on
Measurement Based
t
Inter-Frequency
Direct Retry
Measurement for Cell
67199691 VS.MultRAB.SF8

Number of multi-RAB BSC69 WRFD-020108 Code Resource


UEs that Occupy the 00
Management
DL R99 Codes with
the Spreading Factor
(SF) of 8 for Cell

67199692 VS.MultRAB.SF16 Number of multi-RAB BSC69 WRFD-020108 Code Resource


UEs that Occupy the 00
Management
DL R99 Codes with
the Spreading Factor
(SF) of 16 for Cell
67199693 VS.MultRAB.SF32 Number of multi-RAB BSC69 WRFD-020108 Code Resource
UEs that Occupy the 00
Management
DL R99 Codes with
the Spreading Factor
(SF) of 32 for Cell
67199694 VS.MultRAB.SF64 Number of multi-RAB BSC69 WRFD-020108 Code Resource
UEs that Occupy the 00
Management
DL R99 Codes with
the Spreading Factor
(SF) of 64 for Cell

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-9

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

67199698 VS.SingleRAB.SF4 Number of single-RAB BSC69 WRFD-020108 Code Resource


UEs that Occupy the 00
Management
DL R99 Codes with
Spreading Factor (SF)
of 4 for Cell
67199699 VS.SingleRAB.SF8 Number of single-RAB BSC69 WRFD-020108 Code Resource
UEs that Occupy the 00
Management
DL R99 Codes with
Spreading Factor (SF)
of 8 for Cell
67199700 VS.SingleRAB.SF1 Number of single-RAB BSC69 WRFD-020108 Code Resource
6
UEs that Occupy the 00
Management
DL R99 Codes with
Spreading Factor (SF)
of 16 for Cell
67199701 VS.SingleRAB.SF3 Number of single-RAB BSC69 WRFD-020108 Code Resource
2
UEs that Occupy the 00
Management
DL R99 Codes with
Spreading Factor (SF)
of 32 for Cell
67199702 VS.SingleRAB.SF6 Number of single-RAB BSC69 WRFD-020108 Code Resource
4
UEs that Occupy the 00
Management
DL R99 Codes with
Spreading Factor (SF)
of 64 for Cell
67199703 VS.SingleRAB.SF1 Number of single-RAB BSC69 WRFD-020108 Code Resource
28
UEs that Occupy the 00
Management
DL R99 Codes with
Spreading Factor (SF)
of 128 for Cell
67199704 VS.SingleRAB.SF2 Number of single-RAB BSC69 WRFD-020108 Code Resource
56
UEs that Occupy the 00
Management
DL R99 Codes with
Spreading Factor (SF)
of 256 for Cell
67202917 VS.CellBreath.CPI Duration of Minimum BSC69 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load
CHMin.Time
Values of CPICH
00
Balance
Power Due to Cell
Breathing for Cell
67202918 VS.CellBreath.CPI Duration of Maximum BSC69 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load
CHMax.Time
Values of CPICH
00
Balance
Power Due to Cell
Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-10

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

Breathing for Cell


67202919 VS.CellBreath.TCP Duration of TCP
Under.Time
Smaller Than Cell
Breathing Lower
Threshold for Cell

BSC69 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load


00
Balance

67202920 VS.CellBreath.TCP Duration of TCP


Over.Time
Greater Than Cell
Breathing Upper
Threshold for Cell

BSC69 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load


00
Balance

67202942 VS.MultRAB.SF4

Number of multi-RAB BSC69 WRFD-020108 Code Resource


UEs that Occupy the 00
Management
DL R99 Codes with
the Spreading Factor
(SF) of 4 for Cell

67202943 VS.MultRAB.SF12 Number of multi-RAB BSC69 WRFD-020108 Code Resource


8
UEs that Occupy the 00
Management
DL R99 Codes with
the Spreading Factor
(SF) of 128 for Cell
67202944 VS.MultRAB.SF25 Number of multi-RAB BSC69 WRFD-020108 Code Resource
6
UEs that Occupy the 00
Management
DL R99 Codes with
the Spreading Factor
(SF) of 256 for Cell
67203402 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.Ti Duration of UL
BSC69 WRFD-020107 Overload Control
me
Overload Congestion 00
for Cell
67203403 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.Ti Duration of DL
BSC69 WRFD-020107 Overload Control
me
Overload Congestion 00
for Cell
67203416 VS.RAB.SFOccupy Mean Number of SFs BSC69 WRFD-020108 Code Resource
that Have Been
00
Management
Occupied (Let the SFs
that Have Been
Occupied a Unitary SF
of 256) for Cell
67203854 VS.IUB.UL.Cong.Ti Duration of Iub UL
me
Congestion

BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling


00

67203855 VS.IUB.DL.Cong.Ti Duration of Iub DL

BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-11

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Counter ID Counter Name


me

10 Counters

Counter Description NE
Congestion

Feature ID

Feature Name

00

67203991 VS.LCC.LDR.Time. Duration of Cell in


BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
ULPower
LDR State Due to UL 00
Power Congestion for
Cell
67203992 VS.LCC.LDR.Time. Duration of Cell in
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
DLPower
LDR State Due to DL 00
Power Congestion for
Cell
67203993 VS.LCC.LDR.Time. Duration of Cell in
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
DLCode
LDR State Due to DL 00
Code Resource
Congestion for Cell
67203994 VS.LCC.LDR.Time. Duration of Cell in
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
ULCE
LDR State Due to UL 00
CE Resource
Congestion
67203995 VS.LCC.LDR.Time. Duration of Cell in
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
DLCE
LDR State Due to DL 00
CE Resource
Congestion
67203996 VS.LCC.LDR.Time. Duration of Cell in
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
ULIub
LDR State Due to UL 00
Iub Transmission
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67203997 VS.LCC.LDR.Time. Duration of Cell in
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
DLIub
LDR State Due to DL 00
Iub Transmission
Resource Congestion
for Cell
73393916 VS.RAB.AttEstabC Number of Queuing BSC69 WRFD-010505 Queuing and
S.Queue
Attempts Due to
00
Pre-Emption
Insufficient Resource
in the CS RAB
Assignment
Establishment
Procedure for Cell
73393917 VS.RAB.AttEstabP Number of Queuing BSC69 WRFD-010505 Queuing and
S.Queue
Attempts Due to
00
Pre-Emption
Insufficient Resource

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-12

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

in the PS RAB
Assignment
Establishment
Procedure for Cell
73393918 VS.RAB.Estab.Que Average Duration of a BSC69 WRFD-010505 Queuing and
ueTime.CS
CS Queuing in the
00
Pre-Emption
RAB Establishment
Procedure for Cell
73393919 VS.RAB.Estab.Que Average Duration of a BSC69 WRFD-010505 Queuing and
ueTime.PS
PS Queuing in the
00
Pre-Emption
RAB Establishment
Procedure for Cell
73393920 VS.RAB.SuccEsta Number of Successful BSC69 WRFD-010505 Queuing and
bCS.Queue
CS Establishment
00
Pre-Emption
After Queuing for Cell
73393921 VS.RAB.SuccEsta Number of Successful BSC69 WRFD-010505 Queuing and
bPS.Queue
PS Establishment
00
Pre-Emption
After Queuing for Cell
73393939 VS.HHO.AttInterFr Number of CS
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
eqOut.CS.TotalTxP Inter-Frequency Hard 00
wr
Handover Attempts
Based on Cell Total
Transmit Power for
Cell
73393940 VS.HHO.AttInterFr Number of PS
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
eqOut.PS.TotalTxP Inter-Frequency Hard 00
wr
Handover Attempts
Based on Cell Total
Transmit Power for
Cell
73393941 VS.HHO.AttInterFr Number of CS
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
eqOut.CS.TotalRxP Inter-Frequency Hard 00
wr
Handover Attempts
Based on Cell Total
Receive Power for
Cell
73393942 VS.HHO.AttInterFr Number of PS
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
eqOut.PS.TotalRxP Inter-Frequency Hard 00
wr
Handover Attempts
Based on Cell Total
Receive Power for
Cell

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-13

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

73393943 VS.HHO.AttInterFr Number of CS


BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
eqOut.CS.Code
Inter-Frequency Hard 00
Handover Attempts
Based on Code
Resources for Cell
73393944 VS.HHO.AttInterFr Number of PS
BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
eqOut.PS.Code
Inter-Frequency Hard 00
Handover Attempts
Based on Code
Resources for Cell
73393950 VS.HHO.SuccInter Number of Successful BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
FreqOut.CS.TotalT CS Inter-Frequency 00
xPwr
Hard Handovers
Based on Cell Total
Transmit Power for
Cell
73393951 VS.HHO.SuccInter Number of Successful BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
FreqOut.PS.TotalT PS Inter-Frequency 00
xPwr
Hard Handovers
Based on Cell Total
Transmit Power for
Cell
73393952 VS.HHO.SuccInter Number of Successful BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
FreqOut.CS.TotalR CS Inter-Frequency 00
xPwr
Hard Handovers
Based on Cell Total
Receive Power for
Cell
73393953 VS.HHO.SuccInter Number of Successful BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
FreqOut.PS.TotalR PS Inter-Frequency 00
xPwr
Hard Handovers
Based on Cell Total
Receive Power for
Cell
73393954 VS.HHO.SuccInter Number of Successful BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
FreqOut.CS.Code CS Inter-Frequency 00
Hard Handovers
Based on Code
Resources for Cell
73393955 VS.HHO.SuccInter Number of Successful BSC69 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
FreqOut.PS.Code PS Inter-Frequency 00
Hard Handovers
Based on Code

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-14

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

Resources for Cell


73394053 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg. Number of Outgoing BSC69 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load
AttOut
DRD Attempts through 00
Balance
WRFD-0204000
Physical Channel
1
Intra System Direct
Reconfiguration for
Retry
Cell
73394054 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg. Number of Successful BSC69 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load
SuccOut
Outgoing DRDs
00
Balance
WRFD-0204000
through Physical
1
Intra System Direct
Channel
Retry
Reconfiguration for
Cell
73394055 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg. Number of Incoming BSC69 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load
AttIn
DRD Attempts through 00
Balance
WRFD-0204000
Physical Channel
1
Intra System Direct
Reconfiguration for
Retry
Cell
73394056 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg. Number of Successful BSC69 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load
SuccIn
Incoming DRDs
00
Balance
WRFD-0204000
through Physical
1
Intra System Direct
Channel
Retry
Reconfiguration for
Cell
73423313 VS.ULB.CPICH.Adj Number of CPICH
ustNum
Power Adjustments
Based on RTWP for
Cell

BSC69 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load


00
Balance

73441123

BSC69 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load


00
Balance

VS.ULB.CPICHMin Duration of PCPICH


.Time
Power Under
Minimum RTWP
Threshold

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-15

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

11 Glossary

11 Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see the Glossary.

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

11-1

WCDMA RAN
Load Control

12 Reference Documents

12 Reference Documents
[1] 3GPP TS 25.133: Requirements for Support of Radio Resource Management (FDD)
[2] 3GPP TS 25.215: Physical layer - Measurements (FDD)
[3] 3GPP TS 25.321: Medium Access Control (MAC) protocol specification
[4] 3GPP TS 25.331: Radio Resource Control (RRC)
[5] 3GPP TS 25.413: UTRAN Iu Interface RANAP Signaling
[6] DCCC Feature Parameter Description
[7] AMR Feature Parameter Description
[8] MBMS Feature Parameter Description
[9] HSDPA Feature Parameter Description
[10] HSUPA Feature Parameter Description
[11] Transmission Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
[12] Handover Feature Parameter Description

Issue 04 (2012-11-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

12-1

Anda mungkin juga menyukai